JP7423939B2 - gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to gaming machines such as pachinko machines.

In a game hall where pachinko machines and other game machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases in which a general-purpose unit is left in place, while a dedicated unit such as a different game board is purchased for each game machine, and the dedicated unit is installed in the general-purpose unit (for example, Patent Document 1).

JP2002-66088A

However, in the above-mentioned installation work, there is a possibility that the incorrect installation may be overlooked due to a confirmation error.

The present invention has been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that allows easy checking of the gaming machine.

To achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 includes a general-purpose part that is attached and fixed to an island facility provided in a game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of machine types, and a general-purpose part that can be attached to the general-purpose part. a first dedicated component that is configured to be able to perform a game specific to the model; and a second dedicated component that is different from the first dedicated component and that is capable of performing effects related to the game ;
a locking device capable of locking the gaming machine, the general-purpose part being readable by a reading means having a predetermined reading function, and a general-purpose information display capable of identifying the general-purpose part; , the first dedicated component has a first dedicated information display readable by the reading means and capable of identifying the first dedicated component, and the second dedicated component has a first dedicated information display readable by the reading means a second exclusive information display that can be read by a person and can identify the second exclusive part , a decorative part that is inclined toward the front side of the gaming machine and has a predetermined decoration; 2. The exclusive information display is provided in a position that is difficult to read by the reading means when the locking device is locked, and is provided in a position in the front direction of the gaming machine when the locking device is unlocked. It has a code pattern that can be read by the reading means from an inclined position .

According to the gaming machine according to claim 1, there is provided a general-purpose part that is attached and fixed to an island facility provided in a game hall and configured to be usable in a plurality of models, and a general-purpose part that is attachable to the general-purpose part and that is unique to the model. a first dedicated component configured to be able to perform a game, and a second dedicated component that is different from the first dedicated component and capable of performing effects related to the game ;
a locking device capable of locking the gaming machine, the general-purpose part being readable by a reading means having a predetermined reading function, and a general-purpose information display capable of identifying the general-purpose part; The first dedicated component has a first dedicated information display readable by the reading means and capable of identifying the first dedicated component, and the second dedicated component has a first dedicated information display readable by the reading means. a second exclusive information display that can be read by a person and can identify the second exclusive part , a decorative part that is inclined toward the front side of the gaming machine and is decorated with a predetermined decoration; 2. The dedicated information display is provided in a position that is difficult to read by the reading means when the locking device is locked, and is provided in a position in the front direction of the gaming machine when the locking device is unlocked. It has a code pattern that can be read by the reading means from a tilted position . This has the effect of making it easier to check the gaming machine.

It is a front view of a pachinko machine in a first embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front frame is opened from the outer frame and the inner frame. (a) is a front view of the board-side sticker before being affixed to the game board, (b) is a front view of the frame-side sticker before being affixed to the inner frame, and (c) is a front view of the frame-side sticker before being affixed to the inner frame. FIG. 2 is a front view of the main board seal before it is attached to the main controller. 3 is a front view of the pachinko machine with the game board removed from the state shown in FIG. 2. FIG. It is a front view of a game board. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine. It is a back view of the game board. FIG. 3 is a front view of the board box of the main controller. It is a block diagram of a pachinko machine, a hall computer, and a reading device, and is a block diagram mainly showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a hall computer and a reading device. FIG. 3 is a diagram schematically showing an example of board frame correspondence data. It is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed, and each manufacturer. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed by MPU in a hall computer. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed by MPU in a reading device. It is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed, and respective manufacturers in a second embodiment. (a) is a front view of a board side seal in a third embodiment, and (b) is a front view of a frame side seal. It is a schematic diagram showing an example of the structure of a game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines and one hall computer are installed, and each manufacturer in a third embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows the main processing performed by MPU in a reading device in a 3rd embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed by MPU in a reading device in a 4th embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front frame is opened from the outer frame and the inner frame in a fifth embodiment. (a) is a front view of the board-side seal before being affixed to the game board in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the frame-side seal before being affixed to the inner frame in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 6C is a front view of the main board seal before being attached to the main control device in the fifth embodiment. It is a front view of the game board in a 5th embodiment. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine in a 5th embodiment. It is a rear view of the game board in a 5th embodiment. It is a front view of the board box of the main control device attached to the back side of the game board in a 5th embodiment. It is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a pachinko machine, a hall computer, and a reading device in a fifth embodiment. When reading the board front QR code, back board QR code, board number information, frame front QR code, frame back QR code, or frame number information, or main board front QR code, main board back QR code, or main board number information. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a display color displayed as a background color of a display section of a reading device. It is a flow chart which shows the main processing performed by MPU of a reading device in a 5th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reading process performed by MPU of a reading device. It is a block diagram mainly showing the electrical configuration of a main control device of a pachinko machine in a fifth embodiment. The configuration of various counters, counter buffers, first held ball storage area, second held ball storage area, held ball execution area, general ball held ball storage area, and general ball held ball execution area in the fifth embodiment is schematically shown. FIG. It is a figure showing typically an example of the jackpot random number table in a 5th embodiment. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot type table for special figure 1 in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot type table for special figure 2 in the fifth embodiment. FIG. FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a reservation number table in the fifth embodiment. (a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the A table of the stop pattern table in the fifth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the B table of the stop pattern table in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 6(c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a C table of the stop pattern table in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 12 is a diagram schematically showing an example of a loss variation pattern table in the fifth embodiment. It is a figure showing typically an example of the fluctuation pattern table for jackpots in a 5th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interruption process performed by MPU in the main control device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the starting prize winning process performed by MPU in the main control device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flow chart which shows special figure fluctuation processing performed by MPU in a main control device in a 5th embodiment. 12 is a flowchart showing a variation start process executed by the MPU in the main control device in the fifth embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process performed by MPU in a main control device in a 5th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed by MPU in a main control device in a 5th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows NMI interruption processing performed by MPU in a main control device in a 5th embodiment. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 6th embodiment, Comprising: (a) is a front view of the pachinko machine in the state where the front frame is locked with respect to an inner frame and an outer frame, FIG. FIG. 3 is a front view showing a state in which the front frame is unlocked from the frame and the outer frame, and the front frame is opened to the inner frame and the outer frame. It is a right side view of the pachinko machine in 6th embodiment, Comprising: (a) is a right side view which showed the state where the front frame is locked with respect to an inner frame and an outer frame, (b) is a right side view of the front frame It is a diagram showing a state in which the lock is unlocked from the inner frame and the outer frame and rotated by 90 degrees. (a) is a front view of the second board device in a sixth embodiment, and (b) is a right side view of the second board device. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 7th embodiment. (a) is a front view of the pachinko machine in a state where the front upper frame and the front lower frame are opened from the outer frame and the inner frame in the seventh embodiment, and (b) is a front view of the pachinko machine from the state of (a). FIG. 3 is a front view of the pachinko machine with the game board removed. It is a front view of the pachinko machine in an 8th embodiment.

<First embodiment>
Embodiments of the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 14, a first embodiment will be described in which the present invention is applied to a pachinko game machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a "pachinko machine") 10. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by wooden frames combined into a substantially rectangular shape, and a pachinko machine 10 which is formed to have substantially the same external shape as the outer frame 11. The inner frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two locations, upper and lower on the left side in front view, in order to support the inner frame 12, and the inner frame 12 is attached to the front side as an axis for opening and closing on the side where the hinges 18 are provided. It is supported so that it can be opened and closed to the side.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 5) having a large number of nails, winning holes (ball entrances) 63, 64, 65a, etc. is removably attached to the inner frame 12 from the front side. A pinball game is played by the ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 2) that fires the ball to the front area of the game board 13, a ball sending unit 112b that guides the ball from the upper tray 17 to the ball firing unit 112a, which will be described later. A firing rail 112c (see FIG. 2) for guiding the balls fired from the ball firing unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13 is attached. Note that details of the ball firing unit 112a, ball feeding unit 112b, and firing rail 112c will be described later with reference to FIG. 2, and details of the game board 13 will be described later with reference to FIG.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, there are provided a front frame 14 that covers the upper front side of the inner frame 12, and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side of the front frame 14. In order to support the front frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached at two locations, upper and lower on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the front frame serves as an opening/closing axis on the side where the hinges 19 are provided. 14 and a lower tray unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side. Note that the locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the front frame 14 are respectively unlocked by inserting a special key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, etc., and is provided with a window 14c having a substantially elliptical opening in its substantially central portion. A glass unit 16 having two sheets of glass is arranged on the back side of the front frame 14, and the front side of the game board 13 can be seen from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

On the front frame 14, an upper tray 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface and protrudes forward, and prize balls, rental balls, etc. are discharged into this upper tray 17. The bottom surface of the upper tray 17 is formed to be sloped downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and due to this inclination, the balls thrown into the upper tray 17 are sent to the ball firing unit 112a via the ball feeding unit 112b (see FIG. 2). (See Figure 2). Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is, for example, a button pressed by the player to change the effect displayed on a third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, the player can press the frame button 22 in a predetermined direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10 (for example, with respect to the pachinko machine 10, It may be configured with an operating lever that can be tilted forward, backward, rightward, and leftward. Then, an effect of a third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later, may be determined based on the direction in which the operating lever is tilted.

Furthermore, although the frame button 22 is configured to be placed on the front side of the upper plate 17 in a side view, the frame button 22 may be placed in any position as long as it can be pressed down by the player. For example, it may be arranged on the upper surface side of the upper plate 17, or in the vicinity (on the upper surface or side surface) of the lower plate 50, which will be described later.

The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, at the corners). These light-emitting means change the light-emitting mode by lighting up or blinking in response to changes in the gaming state or performance state at the time of a jackpot or during a predetermined performance displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later. Changes are controlled and play a role in enhancing the performance effect during the game. Illumination sections 29 to 33 each having a built-in light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (hereinafter abbreviated as "LED") are provided around the periphery of the window section 14c. .

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as performance lamps such as jackpot lamps, and when a jackpot occurs or during a predetermined performance displayed on a third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 5), which will be described later. Each of the illumination parts 29 to 33 lights up or blinks as the built-in LED lights up or blinks, and it is notified that a jackpot is in progress or that the jackpot is one step away (i.e., "reach display" is in progress). . Further, in the upper left part of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front, there is provided a display lamp 34 which has a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and can display whether a prize ball is being paid out or when an error has occurred.

On the left side of the lower part of the right illumination section 32, a certificate stamp or the like is affixed to a pasting space K1 (see FIG. 5) provided on the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, and is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, the area around the illumination parts 29 to 33 is made of acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as "ABS") which is chromium plated in order to create a more dazzling appearance. .) A resin plating member 36 is attached.

A ball rental operation section 40 is arranged below the window section 14c. The ball rental operation section 40 is provided with a frequency display section 41, a ball rental button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball rental operation section 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. placed in a card unit (ball rental unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball rental unit 40 is operated according to the operation. The loan is made. Specifically, the frequency display section 41 is an area where information on the remaining amount of the card or the like is displayed, and a built-in LED lights up to display the remaining amount in numbers as the remaining amount information. The ball rental button 42 is operated to obtain rental balls based on information recorded on a card, etc. (recording medium), and rental balls are supplied to the upper tray 17 as long as there is a balance on the card, etc. be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit.

Note that the ball lending operation section 40 is not necessary in a pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly from a ball lending device etc. to the upper tray 17 without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine. It is also possible to add a decorative sticker or the like to the installation part so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be used in common.

The lower tray unit 15 located below the upper tray 17 has a substantially box-shaped lower tray 50 with an open top surface formed in the center thereof for storing balls that cannot be stored in the upper tray 17. There is. On the right side of the lower tray 50, there is provided an operating handle 51 that is operated by the player in order to drive a ball to the front of the game board 13. Inside the operating handle 51 is a ball firing unit 112a (see FIG. 7). A touch sensor 51a for permitting the drive of the operating handle 51, a push-button stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball while the button is pressed, and a rotation operation amount of the operating handle 51 based on changes in electrical resistance. A variable resistor (not shown) for detection is built-in.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. The ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor which changes with the movement of the ball, and the ball is thereby hit into the front of the game board 13 with a flight distance corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are off.

A ball removal lever 52 is provided at the front lower part of the lower tray 50 to operate when discharging the balls stored in the lower tray 50 downward. This ball removal lever 52 is always biased to the right by an elastic member (not shown) such as a spring, and by sliding it to the left against the bias, it can be pressed against the bottom surface of the lower plate 50. The formed bottom opening (not shown) opens, and the ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. This operation of the ball removal lever 52 is performed, for example, with a box (generally referred to as a "dollar box") placed below the lower tray 50 for receiving the balls ejected from the lower tray 50.

Next, with reference to FIG. 2, the pachinko machine 10 in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 and the front frame 14 is opened will be described. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the front frame 14 opened from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12. As described above, the front frame 14 is unlocked for the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 by the administrator of the game hall, and the front frame 14 pivots around the hinge 19 provided on the inner frame 12. When opened and closed toward the front side, the state shown in FIG. 2 is achieved.

The above-mentioned ball firing unit 112a, ball feeding unit 112b, and firing rail 112c are provided at the lower right side in front view of the inner frame 12 with the front frame 14 open, respectively.

The ball firing unit 112a directs the ball present at the base end (launching position) of the firing rail 112c toward a game area formed by an inner rail 61 and an outer rail 62 (see FIG. 5) of the game board 13, which will be described later. It is a device for firing, and includes a firing ram, a firing solenoid, and an electromagnet (both not shown). The firing solenoid and electromagnet are driven and controlled by a firing control device (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, when predetermined conditions (for example, operation of the operating handle 51, etc.) are met, and the firing solenoid is excited by the electromagnet, and the firing is fired. A firing mallet provided at the tip of the solenoid collides with a ball present at the base end (launching position) of the firing rail 112c, so that the ball is fired toward the game area of the game board 13. has been done.

The ball feeding unit 112b is for guiding the balls stored in the upper tray 17 one ball at a time to the base end (shooting position) of the shooting rail 112c, and the ball feeding unit 112b is for guiding the balls stored in the upper tray 17 to the base end (shooting position) of the shooting rail 112c. It is attached to the inner frame 12 so as to cover the front side. This ball feeding unit 112b is equipped with an opening/closing plate and a drive solenoid (both not shown) for driving the opening/closing plate, and is linked to the driving of the firing solenoid (not shown) of the ball firing unit 112a described above. By driving the drive solenoid, the balls stored in the upper tray 17 are guided one by one to the base end of the firing rail 112c.

The firing rail 112c stores one ball guided from the ball sending unit 112b at the base end (launching position) of the firing rail 112c, and also stores the ball fired by the ball firing unit 112a on an inner rail 61 and an inner rail 61 (described later). This is for guiding to the outer rail 62 (see FIG. 5). This firing rail 112c is fixed to the inner frame 12 so that the tip of the firing rail 112c faces the guide channel (see FIG. 5) formed by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, by operating the operating handle 51 and driving the ball firing unit 112a and the ball feeding unit 112b, the balls present at the base end (launching position) of the firing rail 112c are , is ejected from the tip of the ejection rail 112c to the gaming area via the guide channels of the inner rail 61 and outer rail 62, which will be described later.

At the upper position of the launch rail 112c, a board side seal 400 is attached to the game board 13 side, and a frame side seal 410 is attached to the inner frame 12 side. Further, a main board sticker 420 is attached to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) that controls the games of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, with reference to FIG. 3, the panel side seal 400, frame side seal 410, and main board seal 420 will be explained. 3(a) is a front view of the board-side seal 400 before being affixed to the game board 13, and FIG. 3(b) is a front view of the frame-side seal 410 before being affixed to the inner frame 12. FIG. 3C is a front view of the main board seal 420 before being attached to the main controller 110 (see FIG. 6).

First, as shown in FIG. 3(a), the board side sticker 400 contains unique information such as the game machine serial number (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "game board number") unique to the game board 13 as a two-dimensional code. A front QR code 401 and a back QR code 402, which are Quick Response Codes (hereinafter referred to as "QR codes" (registered trademark; hereinafter abbreviated)), are printed respectively. There is.

The board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 are the same two-dimensional code, and include the above-mentioned game board number (for example, AA-B 111111), manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and machine model. Each data such as the name (for example, ○○○○) is encoded, and the above-mentioned data can be read by a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later.

As described above, when the board side sticker 400 is attached to the game board 13, the board front QR code 401 located on the front side of the game board 13 and the back side of the game board 13 are included in the board side sticker 400. A back side QR code 402 located on the back side (on the back side) is printed on each sticker. With this configuration, when it is desired to attach a QR code indicating the game board number to the front side and the back side of the game board 13, the board side sticker 400 of 1 can be inserted from the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front to the rear side. This can be achieved by pasting the sticker over the lower left side (see FIG. 7), and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of the sticker on the front side and the back side of the game board 13.

In addition, this board-side seal 400 has a cut (perforation) where the board-side seal 400 is partially torn when an attempt is made to peel off the board-side seal 400 attached to the game board 13 from the game board 13. Dotted diagonal lines in (a) are provided. With this configuration, when an attempt is made to remove the board-side seal 400 stuck to the game board 13 from the game board 13, the board-side seal 400 will be torn due to the above-mentioned cut, so that the board-side seal 400 cannot be removed from the game board 13. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the board side seal 400 with another game board because the board cannot be removed cleanly from the board.

The above-mentioned cut is configured so that it is not made in the area where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in a region where a two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed due to the cut or the code may not be read properly. Therefore, by providing the above-mentioned cut in a part of the disc side sticker 400 other than the part where the front QR code 401 and the back QR code 402 are printed, it prevents misreading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, and prevents unauthorized exchange. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as

On this board side sticker 400, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402 unique to the game board 13 generated in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10 are printed. It is affixed to the lower right side (lower left side when viewed from the back, see FIG. 7).

Next, as shown in FIG. 3(b), unique information such as a gaming machine serial number (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "frame number") unique to the inner frame 12 is written in a two-dimensional code on the frame side sticker 410. The displayed frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412 are printed respectively.

The frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412 are the same two-dimensional code, and include the frame number mentioned above (for example, AA-Y 900001), the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and the frame name. (For example, XX frame) etc. are encoded, and the above data can be read by a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, in the same way as the front QR code 401 and the back QR code 402. It is configured.

As described above, this frame side sticker 410 has a frame table QR code 411 located on the front side of the inner frame 12 when the frame side seal 410 is attached to the inner frame 12, like the board side seal 400. The frame back QR codes 412 and 1 are printed on stickers located on the back side (back side) of the inner frame 12, respectively. With this configuration, when it is desired to attach a QR code indicating the frame number to the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12, the frame side sticker 410 of 1 is moved from the lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front to the left side when viewed from the rear. This can be achieved by pasting the sticker over the lower part (see FIG. 6), and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of the sticker on the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12.

Further, like the board side seal 400, this frame side seal 410 is partially torn when an attempt is made to peel off the frame side seal 410 stuck to the inner frame 12 from the inner frame 12. A cut (perforation) is provided. With this configuration, when an attempt is made to peel off the frame-side seal 410 attached to the inner frame 12 from the inner frame 12, the frame-side seal 410 is torn due to the above-mentioned cut. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the frame side seal 410 with another inner frame because the inner frame cannot be peeled off cleanly.

Similar to the disc-side seal 400, the above-mentioned cut is configured not to be made in the area where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in a region where a two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed due to the cut or the code may not be read properly. Therefore, by providing the above-mentioned cut in a part of the frame side sticker 410 other than the part where the frame front QR code 411 and the frame back QR code 412 are printed, it is possible to prevent unauthorized exchange while preventing misreading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as

Similar to the board side seal 400, this frame side seal 410 is printed with a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412 unique to the inner frame 12, which are generated in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10. is attached to the lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front (lower left side when viewed from the back; see FIG. 6).

Next, as shown in FIG. 3(c), the main board seal 420 includes a gaming machine serial number (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "main board number") unique to the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6), which will be described later. A main board QR code 421 that expresses unique information such as in a two-dimensional code is printed.

This main board QR code 421 contains various data such as the main board number (for example, AA-B 111111), manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A), and model name (for example, ○○○○). The above data can be read by a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, in the same way as the front QR code 401, the back QR code 402, the front QR code 411, and the back QR code 412. has been done.

Also, similar to the panel side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410, this main board seal 420 is attached to the board box 100 (see FIG. 8) of the main controller 110 when the main board seal 420 is peeled off from the board box 100. A cut (perforation) is provided in which the main board seal 420 partially ruptures when the main board seal 420 is damaged. With this configuration, when an attempt is made to peel off the main board seal 420 attached to the board box 100 from the board box 100, the main board seal 420 is torn due to the above-mentioned cut. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the main board seal 420 with another board box because the main board seal 420 cannot be peeled off cleanly.

Similar to the board-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410, the above-mentioned cut is configured not to be made in the area where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in a region where a two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed due to the cut or the code may not be read properly. Therefore, by providing the above-mentioned cut in a part of the main board sticker 420 other than the part where the main board QR code 421 is printed, it prevents misreading by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, and also prevents fraudulent acts such as unauthorized exchange. can do.

This main board seal 420 is printed with a main board QR code 421 unique to the main controller 110 (see FIG. 6) that is generated during the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10. It is attached to the right side of the box 100 (see FIG. 8) when viewed from the front.

Note that a method of reading the above-mentioned board front QR code 401 and frame front QR code 411, board back QR code 402 and frame back QR code 412, or main board QR code 421 will be described later in FIG.

In this way, the board side seal 400, the frame side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 are pasted on the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6), and the respective stickers 400, 410, 420 are attached. , a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402, a frame front QR code 411, and a frame back QR code 412, in which the game machine manufacturing number (namely, the game board number, frame number, and main board number) are two-dimensionally coded. , and the main board QR code 421 (hereinafter, the board front QR code 401, the board back QR code 402, the frame front QR code 411, the frame back QR code 412, and the main board QR code 421 are collectively referred to as "each QR code 401 etc.) are printed respectively, and each of the above-mentioned QR codes 401, etc. are read and compared using a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, to identify the correct game board 13 or master for the inner frame 12. It becomes possible to instantly determine whether or not the control device 110 is attached. Therefore, compared to the case where the serial number of each gaming machine is visually confirmed by a factory worker or a game hall manager during manufacturing, confirmation of the pachinko machine 10 is facilitated while preventing confirmation errors from occurring. can be converted into

Furthermore, when the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board QR code 401 of the board side seal 400 and the frame QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 are readably exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. is configured to do so. With this configuration, when only the new game board 13 is purchased and the game board 13 is attached to the inner frame 12 that has already been installed in the game hall, the front frame 14 will be left open as will be described later. The reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) makes it possible to immediately read the board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411, making it easy to compare the game board 13 and the inner frame 12, improving work efficiency. It is possible to improve the

Returning to FIG. 2, the explanation will be continued. An upper clamp 12a and a lower clamp 12b for fixing the game board 13 are provided at the upper right side and lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front, respectively. The upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are fixtures for fixing the game board 13 to the inner frame 12, and have a fixed position for fixing the game board 13 (see FIG. 2) and a release position for releasing the fixation. (see FIG. 4).

The upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are configured to be inoperable by the front frame 14 when the front frame 14 is closed (locked), and are operable when the front frame 14 is open. Therefore, when a game hall manager or the like wants to remove the game board 13 from the pachinko machine 10, he or she first opens the front frame 14, and then operates the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b from the fixed position to the released position. As a result, the game board 13 fixed to the inner frame 12 is removed toward the front side of the inner frame 12.

Here, with reference to FIG. 4, a state in which the game board 13 is removed from the inner frame 12 will be described. FIG. 4 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the game board 13 removed from the state shown in FIG.

As described above, the game board 13 is configured to be removable from the inner frame 12 by operating the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b while the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12. Therefore, when changing the model of the pachinko machine 10 by purchasing only the new game board 13, the manager of the game hall or the like first opens the front frame 14 from the inner frame 12 to create the state shown in FIG. 2. Then, in this state, the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b are operated from the fixed position to the released position to remove the game board 13 from the inner frame 12, resulting in the state shown in FIG. In this state, only the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the inner frame 12 remains in the pachinko machine 10.

Next, when attaching the newly purchased game board 13 to the inner frame 12, first attach the left side of the newly purchased game board 13 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 5) to the boards provided above and below the left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front. The spring portion 12c is brought into contact with the spring portion 12c. Then, with the left side of the game board 13 in a front view in contact with the leaf spring part 12c, the entire game board 13 is rotated toward the inner frame 12 using the left side of the game board 13 in a front view as a base. The lower part of the front view is placed on the mounting portion 12d provided on the inner frame 12. From this state, by pushing the game board 13 toward the inner frame 12 side, the upper clamp 12a and the lower clamp 12b, which were in the released position, change to the fixed position and lock the game board 13, respectively, so that the inner frame A game board 13 is attached and fixed to 12.

Next, the configuration of the game board 13 will be explained with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a front view of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. 5, the game board 13 includes a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails, windmills, and rails 61, 62 for guiding balls, a general prize opening 63, and a first It is constructed by assembling a ball entrance 64, a variable winning device 65, a variable display unit 80, and the like.

The general winning hole 63, the first ball entering hole 64, the variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are screwed from the front side of the game board 13 through the holes. It is fixed by etc. Further, the front center portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window 14c of the front frame 14 (see FIG. 1).

On the front surface of the game board 13, an outer rail 62 formed by bending a band-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is installed, and a band-shaped metal plate similar to the outer rail 62 is installed at the inner side of the outer rail 62. An arcuate inner rail 61 formed by is erected. The front outer periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62, and the front and back sides are surrounded by the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1). A game area where games are played is formed by the behavior of the players. The game area is a generally circular area defined by two rails 61 and 62 and an arcuate member 70 on the front side of the game board 13 (a winning opening etc. is provided, and a space where the fired balls are placed). (area flowing downstream).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball shot from the ball shooting unit 112a (see FIG. 2) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (top left in FIG. 5) to prevent a ball that has been guided to the top of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide path again. be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right in FIG. 5) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight part of the ball, and when a ball is launched with more than a predetermined force, it hits the return rubber 69 and loses momentum. is reflected toward the center while being attenuated. Furthermore, between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62, there is a resin circular arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface. It is fixed by being driven into the board 60.

A first symbol display device 37 (hereinafter referred to as a "special symbol display device 37") is provided with a plurality of LEDs 37a as light emitting means and a 7-segment display 37b at the upper right side of the gaming area when viewed from the front (upper right side in FIG. 5). ) is provided. The first symbol display device 37 displays a first symbol in a variable manner according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6), which will be described later (hereinafter, the variable display in the first symbol is referred to as "dynamic display"). The game status of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly displayed.

The plurality of LEDs 37a perform a dynamic display by indicating by the lighting state whether or not the fluctuation is being performed in conjunction with the ball entering the first ball entrance 64 (starting winning), or after the dynamic display ends. As a stop symbol, a symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery held for the starting prize is displayed in a lit state, or a ball that has entered the first ball entrance 64 and for which dynamic display has not yet been performed. The number of reserved balls, which is the number of reserved balls, is indicated by the lighting state. The 7-segment display 37b is for displaying the number of rounds during a jackpot and an error. Note that the LEDs 37a are configured so that the respective LEDs emit light in different colors (for example, red, green, and blue), and by combining the emitted light colors, it is possible to indicate various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs.

A plurality of general winning holes 63 are arranged in the gaming area, from which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win. Furthermore, a variable display unit 80 is arranged in the central part of the gaming area. The variable display device unit 80 includes a liquid crystal display that displays a variable display of the third symbol in synchronization with the dynamic display on the first symbol display device 37, triggered by the entry of a ball into the first ball entrance 64 (starting winning). A third symbol display device 81 composed of a display (hereinafter simply referred to as a “display device”) and a variable display of a second symbol triggered by the passage of a ball through the second ball entrance 67 (hereinafter, a variation of the second symbol) A second symbol display device 83 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a "normal symbol display device 83") is provided, which is composed of an LED that performs a display (referred to as a "variable display"). Further, a center frame 86 is disposed in the variable display device unit 80 so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch liquid crystal display, and the display contents are controlled by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, so that, for example, left, middle, and right Three symbol rows (not shown) are displayed.

The second symbol display device 83 has a variable display that alternately lights up an "○" symbol and an "x" symbol as a display symbol (second symbol) every time the ball passes through the second ball entrance 67. It is something to do. In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the second symbol display device 83 stops at a predetermined symbol (the "○" symbol in this embodiment), the electric accessory 64a of the first ball entrance 64 is activated for a predetermined time. It is configured to be in the state (released).

The number of balls held at the second ball entrance 67 is held up to four times at maximum, and the number of balls held is displayed by the first symbol display device 37 mentioned above, and the second symbol holding lamp 84 (hereinafter referred to as "normal symbol display device"). 83) is also displayed by lighting. The second symbol holding lamps 84 are provided in four, which corresponds to the maximum number of holding lamps, and are arranged symmetrically above the third symbol display device 81. Then, the number of reservations is displayed based on the number of second symbol reservation lamps 84 lit.

The variable display of the second symbol can be performed by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, as well as by switching between lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the second symbol display device 83. This may be done using a part of the symbol display device 81. Similarly, the second symbol holding lamp 84 may be lit in a part of the third symbol display device 81. Furthermore, similarly to the first ball entrance 64, the maximum number of balls that can be held through the second ball entrance 67 is not limited to four times, but can be as many as 3 or less, or 5 or more times (e.g. , 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is shown by the first symbol display device 37, the second symbol retention lamp 84 may not be lit.

A first ball entry port 64 into which a ball can enter is provided below the variable display unit 80. When a ball enters the first ball entrance 64, a first ball entrance switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and due to the turning on of the first ball entrance switch, The main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) performs a jackpot lottery. Then, a display according to the lottery result is shown on the LED 37a of the first symbol display device 37, and a variable effect is executed on the third symbol display device 81. The first ball entry port 64 also serves as one of the winning ports from which five balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball enters the ball.

The first ball entry port 64 is provided with an electric accessory 64a having two blades that cover the opening through which the ball enters the first ball entry port 64. The electric accessory 64a opens and closes two blades to open and close the first ball entry port 64, thereby opening the ball opening 64 to an open state (enlarged state) or a closed state (reduced state). In normal times, the first ball entry port 64 is in a closed state where the blades of the electric accessory 64a are closed (the blades stand upward), and the ball cannot enter the first ball entry port 64, or , it is difficult to enter the ball.

On the other hand, when the variable display on the second symbol display device 83 stops at the "○" symbol, the electric accessory 64a of the first ball entrance 64 is activated for a predetermined period of time. While the electric accessory 64a is being operated, the blades of the electric accessory 64a are in an upwardly erect state. It is in a state where it moves in a substantially V-shape (inverted V-shape), and the first ball entry port 64 is in an open state. When the first ball entry port 64 is in the open state, the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64, or the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64 more easily than in the closed state. In other words, as a result of the variable display on the second symbol display device 83, the ball stops at the "○" symbol and becomes a hit, and when the first ball entry port 64 becomes open, the ball enters the first ball entry port 64. It is possible to create a state in which many jackpot lottery games can be performed by entering the ball.

A variable winning device 65 is disposed below the first ball entrance 64, and a large winning hole (large open opening) 65a having a horizontally long rectangular shape is provided approximately in the center thereof. In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery in the main controller 110 (see FIG. 6) becomes a jackpot, after a predetermined time (variable time) has elapsed, the LED 37a of the first symbol display device 37 is turned on so that the jackpot symbol stops. The occurrence of a jackpot is indicated by lighting it up and displaying a stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot on the third symbol display device 81. Thereafter, the game state changes to a special game state (jackpot) in which the ball is likely to win. As this special game state, the grand prize opening 65a, which is normally closed, is opened for a predetermined period of time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or until 10 balls have won).

This big prize opening 65a is closed after a predetermined time has elapsed, and after the closing, the big winning prize mouth 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. This opening/closing operation of the big prize opening 65a can be repeated up to, for example, 15 times (15 rounds). The state in which this opening/closing operation is performed is a form of special gaming state (jackpot state) that is advantageous for the player, and the player is given a larger amount than usual as a reward for gaming value (gaming value). Prize balls will be paid out.

Specifically, the variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening/closing plate that covers the grand winning opening 65a, and a grand winning opening solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing the opening/closing plate forward about the lower side of the opening/closing plate. It is equipped with The grand prize opening 65a is normally in a closed state in which a ball cannot enter a prize or it is difficult to enter a prize. In the event of a jackpot, the large winning hole solenoid is driven to tilt the opening/closing plate to the lower front side, temporarily forming an open state in which the ball can easily enter the large winning hole 65a, and changing the open state and the normal closed state. It operates by alternating between states.

Note that the special game state is not limited to the form described above. A large opening opening that is opened and closed separately from the grand winning opening 65a is provided in the gaming area, and when the LED 37a corresponding to a jackpot is lit on the first symbol display device 37, the grand winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time, and the large winning opening is opened for a predetermined time. A special game state is defined as a game state in which a large opening provided separately from the large winning opening 65a is opened a predetermined number of times for a predetermined period of time when a ball enters the large winning opening 65a while the opening 65a is open. It may also be formed.

Second ball entry ports 67 are provided on the left and right sides of the variable display unit 80, respectively. The second ball entry port 67 is provided with a through hole (not shown) in the vertical direction through which the ball passes. When the ball launched into the game area passes through the second ball entry port 67, a second ball entry switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on, and the main control device 110 is turned on due to this turning on. (See FIG. 6), a winning lottery for the second symbol (also referred to as a normal symbol) is performed.

As a result of the lottery of the second symbol (normal symbol) performed on the ball that passed through the second ball entry port 67, if it is determined to be a hit, a variable display on the second symbol display device 83 will show "○". ” is stopped and displayed, the electric accessory 64a of the first ball entrance 64 is activated. As a result, the blades of the electric accessory 64a, which makes it difficult for the ball to enter the first ball entry port 64, move from a substantially vertically standing state to a substantially V-shape (inverted V-shape) for a predetermined period of time. The state is such that only the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64, or the state is such that the ball can enter the first ball entry port 64 more easily than in the closed state.

Furthermore, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66. Balls that have not entered any of the winning ports (ball entry ports) 63, 64, and 65a are guided through the out port 66 to a ball discharge path (not shown). A large number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the balls, and various members (accessories) such as a windmill are also arranged.

A pasting space K1 is provided at the lower right corner of the game board 13 for pasting a certificate stamp, identification label, etc. 35 (see FIG. 1).

A board-side sticker 400 is pasted on the right side of the right-side pasting space K1, and the entire board QR code 401 is provided at a position that can be read from the front side of the game board 13. As described above, this board-side seal 400 is designed such that the board QR code 401 is located on the front side of the game board 13 and the board back QR code 402 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13. , is attached at the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). With this configuration, the game board number of the game board 13 can be read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9) from either the front side or the back side of the game board 13, so that the game board number can be read by the game hall manager or the like. Verification of game board numbers can be easily performed.

Next, the back configuration of the pachinko machine 10 and the game board 13 will be explained with reference to FIGS. 6 to 8. 6 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, a rear view of the game board 13, FIG. 7 is a rear view of the game board 13, and FIG. 8 is a front view of the board box 100 of the main controller 110. It is.

As shown in FIG. 6, the back side of the pachinko machine 10 is mainly provided with control board units 90, 91 and a back pack unit 94. The control board unit 90 is formed into a unit by mounting a main board (main controller 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp controller 113), and a display control board (display controller 114). The control board unit 91 is formed into a unit by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a firing control board (firing control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

The back pack unit 94 is made up of a back pack 92 forming a protective cover portion and a dispensing unit 93. In addition, each control board includes a Micro-Processing Unit (hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, and a port for various lottery operations. A random number generator used for this purpose, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are installed as necessary.

The main control device 110, the audio lamp control device 113, the display control device 114, the payout control device 111, the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in board boxes 100 to 103, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 103 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and box cover are connected to each other to accommodate each control device and each board.

Further, the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and firing control device 112) each have a box base and a box cover connected in an unopenable manner by a sealing unit (not shown). connection by caulking structure). Furthermore, a seal (not shown) is affixed to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover, respectively. This seal is made of a brittle material, and if you try to peel off the seal to open the board boxes 100, 102 or forcefully open the board boxes 100, 102, the box base side and box cover It is cut into two sides. Therefore, by checking each sealing unit or each sealing seal, it is possible to know whether the substrate boxes 100, 102 have been opened. Note that the board box 100 of the main controller 110 will be described later with reference to FIG.

The dispensing unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opening upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a tank rail 131 located downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side, and a dispensing device 133 provided at the most downstream part of the case rail 132 and dispensing balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 7). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the payout device 133 pays out the required number of balls as appropriate.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, and the main control device 110 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to eliminate the ball jam (return to normal state) when a dispensing error occurs, such as a ball jam in the dispensing motor 216 (see FIG. 7), for example. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to its initial state.

At the top of the payout unit 93 and at the top on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, there is an external terminal board 300 that electrically connects the pachinko machine 10 and a hall computer 500 (see FIG. 9) of the game hall, which will be described later. is provided. This external terminal board 300 has a plurality of output terminals ( (not shown) is provided, and by connecting the output terminal to the hall computer 500, it becomes possible to grasp the gaming status of the pachinko machine 10, etc. by the hall computer.

Here, as shown in FIG. 6, a frame-side sticker 410 is attached to the back surface of the inner frame 12 on the left side of the dispensing control device 111 when viewed from the rear. This frame-side sticker 410 is attached at the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10 so that the frame back QR code 412 is located on the back side (back side) of the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, as shown in FIG. 7, a board-side sticker 400 is attached to the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the rear, and the entire board back QR code 402 can be read from the back side of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). located at the location. This board-side sticker 400 is attached at the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) so that the board back QR code 402 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13.

Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 8, a main board sticker 420 is affixed to the upper surface of the board box 100 of the main controller 110 on the slightly right side, and the entire main board QR code 421 is attached to the back side of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). It is located in a position where it can be read from. As mentioned above, this main board seal 420 is installed at the manufacturing stage of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) so that the main board QR code 421 is located on the back side (back side) of the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10). It will be affixed with.

With this configuration, the reading device 600 (described later) reads the game board number of the game board 13, the frame number of the inner frame 12, and the main board number of the main controller 110 from the back side of the pachinko machine 10 ( (Refer to 9), it is possible to easily check the game board number, frame number, and main board number by the game hall manager or the like when installing the board in the game hall. In addition, at the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10, by comparing the QR code 402 on the back of the board, the QR code 412 on the back of the frame, and the QR code 421 on the main board located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, for example, When transporting the pachinko machine 10, the checking process of the game board number, frame number, and main board number can be performed using a reading device from the back side of the pachinko machine 10, thereby improving production efficiency and reducing equipment costs. Can be done.

Furthermore, conventionally, unauthorized replacement of the game board 13 or the main control device 110 is carried out by replacing the game board 13 or the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 installed in the game hall, or when a player newly enters the game hall. This may be done by replacing the main controller 110 during the distribution process before installing the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13.

Therefore, in order to prevent fraud, the administrator of the game hall, etc., should control the pachinko machine 10, game board 13, or main control device 110 that is set up (installed) in the game hall, when installing it in the game hall, After installation in a game hall, it is necessary to periodically check whether or not the main control device 110, which has a main control board (not shown) that controls games such as giving game values, has been illegally replaced. This confirmation work is an important countermeasure against fraud.

However, a large number of gaming machines (more than 1,000 in some cases) including the pachinko machine 10 are installed in the gaming hall, and there is a risk that the work burden of the above-mentioned confirmation work will increase.

Therefore, when installing the entire pachinko machine 10 or only the game board 13 in a game hall, a reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), which will be described later, is used to read each QR code 401, etc. Reading is performed, and the gaming machine serial number indicated by each read QR code 401 etc. is compared with board frame correspondence data (see FIG. 11) stored in the reading device 600 (hall computer 500) described later, and the pachinko machine 10 Alternatively, it is determined (authenticated) whether the game board 13 is a genuine product or whether the installation location in the game hall is appropriate. As a result, even if the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is replaced with a fraudulent product while the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is being transported, each QR code 401 etc. can be read using the reading device 600 described later. This makes it easier to determine whether the product is fraudulent.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 9 and 10, the present pachinko machine 10, a hall computer 500 communicatively connected to the pachinko machine 10, and a reading device 600 communicably connected to the hall computer 500. The electrical configuration of the hall computer 500 and the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC will be explained.

FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600, mainly showing the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing the electrical configuration of a reading device 600. FIG.

First, as shown in FIG. 9, the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is a calculation device. The MPU 201 includes a read only memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "ROM") 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a control program stored in the ROM 202. Random Access Memory (hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when executing a program, as well as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, Various circuits such as data transmission and reception circuits are built-in.

In addition, in order to instruct sub-control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the audio lamp control device 113 to operate, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub-control devices by the data transmission/reception circuit. Such commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the sub-controllers.

An input/output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, a sound lamp control device 113, a first symbol display device 37 (see FIG. 6), a second symbol display device 83 (see FIG. 6), and a second symbol holding lamp 84 (see FIG. 6), a grand prize opening solenoid for driving the opening/closing plate of the grand prize opening (not shown) forward to open and close around the lower side of the opening/closing plate as an axis, and an electric part for driving the electric accessory 64a (see FIG. 6). A solenoid (not shown) such as an object solenoid is connected, and the MPU 201 sends various commands and control signals to these through an input/output port 205.

Further, the input/output port 205 is connected to various switches (not shown) consisting of a switch group, a sensor group, etc. (not shown), and a RAM erase switch 122, and the MPU 201 receives signals output from the various switches and a RAM erase switch. Various processes are executed based on the RAM erase signal SG2 outputted from 122. The MPU 201 of the main control device 110 clears the backup data stored in the RAM 203 when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is powered on, and also clears the backup data stored in the RAM 213 of the payout control device 111. A payout initialization command for clearing is sent to the payout control device 111.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is a calculation device, has a ROM 212 that stores control programs executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 213 used as a work memory or the like.

Like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, the RAM 213 of the payout control device 111 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal register of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. , and a work area (work area) in which values such as I/O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (back up) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Note that, similar to the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is configured so that a power outage signal SG1 is input from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage, etc., and the power outage signal SG1 is When input to the MPU 211, NMI interrupt processing (not shown) is immediately executed as processing during a power outage.

An input/output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 215 is connected to the main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like. Further, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid out prize balls. Note that the prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but not to the main control device 110.

The launch control device 112 controls a ball launch unit 112a and a ball feed unit 112b ( (see Figure 2). As described above, the ball firing unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, when the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the ball launch is turned off (not operated), the operation handle is turned off. The firing solenoid is excited in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operating handle 51, and the ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operating handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 outputs audio from an audio output device (such as a speaker not shown) 226, outputs turning on and off from a lamp display device (illumination sections 29 to 33, display lamps 34, etc.) 227, and outputs variable effects and continuous output. It controls the setting of the display mode of performances performed on the third symbol display device 81, such as advance notice performances.

The MPU 221, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 222 that stores control programs executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 223 used as a work memory or the like.

An input/output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 consisting of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, display control device 114, audio output device 226, lamp display device 227, frame button 22, etc. are connected to the input/output port 225, respectively. In the first embodiment, the configuration is such that commands are sent only in one direction from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and the configuration is such that commands cannot be sent from the audio lamp controller 113 to the main controller 110. ing. On the other hand, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured to be able to send and receive commands to and from each other.

The audio lamp control device 113 also monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, changes the stage of the performance displayed on the third symbol display device 81, The audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 are controlled so as to change the back image of the "Super Reach" production mode, etc., and the third symbol is displayed on the display control device 114 based on the press of the frame button 22. Instruct the display device 81 to display the information.

The display control device 114 is connected to the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81, and based on the commands received from the voice lamp control device 113, changes the effect of the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81, This controls the continuous preview performance.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, and a power outage monitoring circuit 252 that monitors power interruption due to a power outage or the like. The power supply section 251 is a device that supplies necessary operating voltages to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power path (not shown). As an overview, the power supply section 251 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, and generates a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches such as the various switches 208, solenoids such as the solenoid 209, motors, etc. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, etc. are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are used to supply necessary voltages to each control device 110 to 114, etc.

The power outage monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power outage signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the dispensing control device 111 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage or the like. The power outage monitoring circuit 252 monitors a stable DC voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power outage (power outage, power interruption) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, a power outage signal SG1 is output to the NMI terminal of the main control device 110 and the dispensing control device 111. By outputting the power outage signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the dispensing control device 111 recognize the occurrence of a power outage and execute NMI interrupt processing (not shown). Note that even after the stable DC voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts, the power supply unit 251 continues to output the 5 volt voltage, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time to execute the NMI interrupt processing. is configured to maintain normal values. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The external terminal board 300 is connected to the input/output port 205 of the main controller 110, and is configured to be able to receive output signals from the main controller 110. Further, the external terminal board 300 has the various output terminals (not shown) described above, and the various output terminals are respectively connected to the hall computer 500 of the game hall. The external terminal board 300 is configured to be able to output output signals input from the main controller 110 to the hall computer 500 via various output terminals. That is, the main control device 110 is configured to output various information related to the game, such as changes in the game state, to the hall computer 500 via the external terminal board 300. By determining the output signals, it is possible to grasp the gaming status of the pachinko machine 10 and monitor whether or not illegal games are being played.

Hall computer 500 is wired to reader 600 for bidirectional communication. Note that the connection between the hall computer 500 and the reading device 600 is not limited to a wired connection, and may be performed by wireless communication using infrared rays, wireless LAN, or the like.

The reading device 600 is configured to be able to read each of the QR codes 401 and the like described above, and is configured to be able to output an error signal to the hall computer 500 based on the determination result of the information of each of the read QR codes 401 and the like. Note that details of the hall computer 500 and the reading device 600 will be described later with reference to FIG.

As shown in FIG. 9, a main control device 110, a sound lamp control device 113, a display control device 114, and devices (components) related to the above-mentioned control devices 110, 113, and 114 are mounted on the game board 13. . Further, a payout control device 111, a power supply device 115, and devices (components) related to the above-mentioned devices 111, 115 are mounted on the inner frame 12.

Next, as shown in FIG. 10, the hall computer 500 of the gaming hall is equipped with an MPU 501 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 501 includes a ROM 502 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 501, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 502. A certain RAM 503 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are built-in.

Furthermore, an input/output port 505 is connected to the MPU 501 of the hall computer 500 via a bus line 504 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input/output port 505 includes a nonvolatile hard disk drive (hereinafter abbreviated as "HDD") 506 that stores the calculation results calculated by the MPU 501, and an external terminal board 300 of the pachinko machine 10 described above ( In addition to being connected to the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9), it is also connected to data servers 701 to 703 (see FIG. 11) of the manufacturers MA to MC.

The HDD 506 of the hall computer 500 stores the game board number of the installed game board 13 and the installed inner frame for the installation position of the game machine (namely, pachinko machine 10 and slot machine) installed in the game hall. A correspondence data storage unit 506a is provided that stores correspondence data (hereinafter referred to as "panel frame correspondence data") in which the frame numbers of No. 12 and the main board number of the installed main control device 110 are associated with each other. There is.

The corresponding data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500 stores data regarding the installation position in the game hall (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "installation position data"), game board numbers transmitted from each manufacturer MA to MC, This is a non-volatile storage unit that stores correspondence with data regarding combinations of frame numbers and main board numbers (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "combination data"). When the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is purchased, combination data is sent to the correspondence data storage unit 506a from the manufacturer MA to MC of the purchaser, and the combination data is stored in association with the installation position data. Ru.

Here, with reference to FIG. 11, the installation position in the gaming hall and the pachinko machine 10 (gaming The correspondence relationship among the panel 13, inner frame 12, and main controller 110 will be explained. FIG. 11 is a diagram schematically showing an example of the board frame correspondence data.

As shown in FIG. 11, the board frame correspondence data includes an identification number (hereinafter referred to as "installation position number") at the installation position of the gaming hall, which is the installation position data on the left side of the column. Then, the game board number, which is the identification number of the game board 13, the frame number, which is the identification number of the inner frame 12, and the main board number, which is the identification number of the main controller 110, correspond to the installation position number. It is attached.

Specifically, for example, for the installation position number "1", the game board number "AA (identification symbol indicating the manufacturer. The same applies hereinafter) - B (identification symbol indicating the board/frame board. The same applies hereinafter). ) 111111" is associated with the frame number "AA-Y (identification symbol indicating the board/frame frame. The same applies hereinafter) 900001", and furthermore, the main board number "AA-B 111111" is associated. It is attached. In addition, the installation position number "2" is associated with the game board number "AA-B 111112", the frame number "AA-Y 900002", and the main board number "AA-B 111112". ” is associated. ...Then, the game board number "XX-B 111xxx" is associated with the installation position number "n (n is a natural number)" and the frame number "YY-Y 900yyy" is associated, and further, The main board number "XX-B 111xxx" is associated. In addition, when purchasing a new product, the game board number and the main board number are, in principle, shipped to be the same, but after installation in the game hall, if only the main controller 110 is When replaced, the game board number and main board number may be different.

In the first embodiment, the combination data (namely, game board number, frame number, and main board number) sent from each manufacturer MA to MC is encrypted and sent from each manufacturer MA to MC. At the same time, even when stored in the corresponding data storage section 506a, the combination data is stored in an encrypted state. The installation position data, encrypted combination data, and board frame correspondence data stored in the correspondence data storage section 506a are then transmitted to the reading device 600 and stored in the correspondence data storage section 603a of the reading device 600. .

When the pachinko machine 10 is purchased, the manufacturers MA to MC directly store decryption information for decoding the combination data in the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600 without going through the hall computer 500. In this state, when each QR code 401 etc. is read by the reading device 600, the combination data is decrypted using the decryption information stored in the decryption key 603b, and it is possible to compare it with each read QR code 401 etc. becomes.

Therefore, the hall computer 500 cannot recognize the contents of the combination data sent from the manufacturers MA to MC, and if the combination data is altered (falsified) in the gaming hall, the combination data cannot be properly decoded. , it is configured such that alteration (tampering) of combination data by the game hall is virtually impossible. With this configuration, if a game hall takes the initiative to commit a fraudulent act such as illegally replacing the gaming board 13 (main controller 110), it is possible to easily prevent the fraudulent act by reading each QR code 401, etc. can be recognized. Therefore, for example, if a regulatory agency or the like makes it compulsory for the reading device 600 to regularly read each QR code 401 and report it, fraudulent activity by the game hall can be detected early, and a sound system can be maintained. A gaming environment can be constructed.

Returning to FIG. 10, the explanation will be continued. The reading device 600 is equipped with an MPU 601 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 601 includes a ROM 602 that stores control programs executed by the MPU 601, fixed value data, etc., and a RAM 603 used as a work memory or the like.

Like the RAM 503 of the hall computer 500, the RAM 603 of the reading device 600 is provided with a correspondence data storage section 603a that stores board frame correspondence data composed of installation position data and combination data. A decryption key 603b is provided that can store decryption information for decrypting encrypted combination data stored in the .

The correspondence data storage section 603a of the reading device 600, like the correspondence data storage section 506a of the hall computer 500, is a storage section that stores board frame correspondence data of installation position data and combination data. In this correspondence data storage unit 603a, when board frame correspondence data is stored in the correspondence data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500 at the time of purchasing the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13, the board frame correspondence data is stored in the hall computer 500. is transmitted to the reading device 600 and stored in the corresponding data storage section 603a.

The decryption key 603b is a memory that stores decryption information for decrypting the encrypted combination data stored in the corresponding data storage section 603a. This decryption key 603b is stored directly at the time of purchasing the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 by entrusting the reading device 600 itself to the manufacturer MA to MC from which it was purchased, without going through the hall computer 500. The decryption information is stored (written) as the decryption key 603b. Further, the decryption key 603b is configured to be able to store decryption information corresponding to each manufacturer MA to MC. With this configuration, it becomes possible to individually manage the decoding information written by each of the manufacturers MA to MC.

Note that the above encryption and decryption algorithms are arbitrary. Examples include common key cryptosystems such as AES and DES, and public key cryptosystems such as RSA cryptosystem and elliptic curve cryptosystem.

An input/output port 605 is connected to the MPU 601 of this reading device 600 via a bus line 604 composed of an address bus and a data bus. Connected to the input/output port 605 are an operating section 610 that can be operated by the operator of the reading device 600, and a display section 611 that can display the reading results and the like by the reading device 600.

The operating section 610 is provided with a lever (not shown) that can be operated by the operator of the reading device 600. When the operator operates the lever of the reading device 600, a QR code reading process is executed by a first QR scanning unit 607 and a second QR scanning unit 609, which will be described later (see S206 in FIG. 14). In the first embodiment, when this operation unit 610 is operated and the 2 QR code 401 etc. are read by the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609, which will be described later, the decryption data stored in the above-mentioned decryption key 603b is decrypted. The combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decoded using the encoded information, and a determination process is executed to determine whether the read information matches the content stored in the combination data (S208 in FIG. 14). reference).

The display unit 611 is a display device that displays the determination result of the determination process (see S208 in FIG. 14) based on the content read in the read process (see S206 in FIG. 14). If the read content is normal, a display indicating that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal (for example, a message displaying "combination normal") is displayed.If the read content is abnormal, a message is displayed indicating that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal. , a message indicating that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is abnormal is displayed (for example, a message indicating "abnormal combination") is displayed.

Furthermore, the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 is connected to a first QR scanning section 607 via a first QR circuit 606 and to a second QR scanning section 609 via a second QR circuit 608 .

The first QR circuit 606 and the first QR scanning section 607 perform the reading function of the first QR code, and the second QR circuit 608 and the second QR scanning section 609 read other QR codes other than the first QR code. function is fulfilled. Specifically, in response to the operation of the operation unit 610, the MPU 601 first inputs a reading start signal to the first QR circuit 606 and the second QR circuit 608, and Each of the scanning units 609 is permitted to read the QR code. In this case, the reading of the QR code is performed in a non-contact manner by bringing the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609 close to the second QR code. Various information (game board number, frame number, etc.) indicated by each QR code read by the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609 is transmitted via the first QR circuit 606 or the second QR circuit 608, respectively. and is input to the MPU 601.

Here, with reference to FIG. 12, a confirmation work in a game hall when a pachinko machine 10 or a game board 13 is newly purchased will be explained. FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a game hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines 10 and one hall computer 500 are installed, and manufacturers MA to MC.

As described above, the hall computer 500 of the gaming hall is electrically connected to the data servers 701 to 703 provided in each of the manufacturers MA to MC. Then, the game hall creates installation position data based on the purchase information (manufacturer information and model name information), and also sends data to the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC based on the purchase information. request the transmission of combination data. At this time, decryption information based on purchase information is stored in the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600.

When data servers 701 to 703 of manufacturers MA to MC receive a combination data transmission request from hall computer 500, they transmit encrypted combination data to hall computer 500 according to purchase information.

The hall computer 500 that has received the combination data generates board frame correspondence data by associating the received combination data with the installation position data in an encrypted state, and stores it in the correspondence data storage unit 506a of the hall computer 500 (FIG. 10). (see), and transmits the board frame corresponding data to the reading device 600. Then, the reading device 600 that has received the board frame correspondence data stores the board frame correspondence data in the corresponding data storage section 603a of the reading device 600.

Next, as confirmation work when purchasing a new pachinko machine 10 or game board 13, when the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is installed at each installation position, for example, when checking from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, First, with the front frame 14 (see FIG. 2) open, the board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411 are read by the reader 600. When the two QR codes 401 and 402 are correctly read by the reading device 600, the combination data is decrypted among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a using the decryption key 603b in the reading device 600. Then, it is determined whether the decoded combination data and the combination indicated by the second QR code 401, 402 read by the reading device 600 are correct.

As a result of the above determination, if the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct, that fact is displayed on the display section 611 of the reading device 600 (see FIG. 10). On the other hand, if the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect, that fact is displayed on the display section 611 and an error signal is outputted to the hall computer 500. Upon receiving the error signal, the hall computer 500 performs error processing such as displaying an error on the monitor and outputting an alarm sound, thereby notifying the game hall manager etc. that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is inappropriate. Make it understandable.

In this way, when purchasing a new pachinko machine 10 or game board 13, if the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is installed in a game hall, the reader 600 can read the board QR code 401, the frame QR code 411, or , by simply operating the operation unit 610 once while approaching the QR code 402 on the back of the board and the QR code 412 on the back of the frame, the QR code 401 on the front of the board and the QR code 411 on the frame 411 can be read by the reader 600, and 12 and the game board 13 is appropriate or not. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the game machine serial numbers of the inner frame 12 and the game board 13 with a small amount of work, and it is possible to prevent confirmation errors from occurring.

Further, when reading by the reading device 600, the encrypted combination data is decrypted and can be distinguished from the reading result, and the hall computer 500 is configured to be unable to modify (falsify) the combination data. With this configuration, if a game hall takes the initiative to commit a fraudulent act such as illegally replacing the game board 13 (main controller 110), the fraudulent act can be easily carried out by reading each QR code 401, etc. can be recognized. Therefore, for example, if a regulatory agency or the like makes it compulsory for the reading device 600 to regularly read each QR code 401 and report it, fraudulent activity by the game hall can be detected early, and a sound system can be maintained. A gaming environment can be constructed.

In the first embodiment, when each QR code or the like 401 is read by the reading device 600, the installation position in the game hall is not determined. This is because new machines are frequently replaced in game halls, and the installation position of pachinko machines 10 etc. may be changed at any time. This is because if the verification process is performed at any time, the burden of verification work will increase, and there is a risk that the workload will increase.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 501 in the hall computer 500, will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing this main processing. The main processing in the hall computer 500 is configured to be repeatedly executed after the hall computer 500 is powered on.

In the main processing of the hall computer 500, when a new pachinko machine 10 or the like is purchased, a request is made to the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC to send combination data of the purchased pachinko machine 10 or the like. Further, when combination data is received from data servers 701 to 703 of manufacturers MA to MC, a process is executed in which the combination data is stored in hall computer 500 and transmitted to reading device 600. Further, when receiving an error signal output from the reading device 600 when the reading result and the decoded combination data are different, processing based on the error signal is executed.

In the main process of the hall computer 500, first, it is determined whether or not a process for new purchase of the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 should be executed (S101). As a result of the determination, if the processing timing is at the time of new purchase (S101: Yes), next, each manufacturer MA to MC that newly purchased the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is notified of the purchased pachinko machine 10 or game board 13. A request is made to send the combination data corresponding to No. 13 (S102), and the process moves to S103. This transmission request only requires inquiring manufacturers MA to MC whether there is any combination data to be transmitted, and the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC receive the transmission request from hall computer 500. is received, it is determined whether or not there is combination data to be transmitted based on the purchase history, etc., and when there is combination data to be transmitted, the combination data is transmitted to the hall computer 500. It is configured. On the other hand, if the processing timing is not at the time of new purchase (S101: No), the processing of S102 is skipped and the processing moves to S103.

In the process of S103, a combination indicating the correspondence between the game board 13 (main controller 110) and the inner frame 12 regarding the purchased pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is obtained from the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC. It is determined whether data has been received (S103). As a result of the determination, if the combination data has been received (S103: Yes), the installation position data (i.e. installation position number etc.) uniquely created based on the purchase information in the game hall and the received combination data (i.e. , game board number, frame number, and main board number), and board frame correspondence data consisting of the correlated installation position data and combination data is stored in the correspondence data storage unit 506a (S104). Then, the board frame correspondence data stored in the correspondence data storage section 506a is transmitted to the reading device 600 (S105), and the process moves to S106. On the other hand, in the process of S103, if it is determined that the combination data has not been received from the data servers 701 to 703 (S103: No), the processes of S104 and S105 are skipped, and the process proceeds to S106.

In the process of S106, it is determined whether error information (error signal) has been input from the reading device 600 (S106). As a result of the determination, if error information is input from the reading device 600 (S106: Yes), a monitor (not shown) installed in the hall computer 500 indicates that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect. Error processing is executed to display an error message indicating this, output an alarm sound, etc. (S107), and the process returns to S101 (the beginning of the main process), and the main process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if error information is not input in the process of S106 (S106: No), the process of S107 is skipped and the process moves to S101.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600, will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing this main processing. The main processing in the reading device 600 is configured to be repeatedly executed after the reading device 600 is powered on.

In the main process of the reading device 600, when the board frame corresponding data is received from the hall computer 500, the board frame corresponding data is stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a of the reading device 600. Further, when decryption information is input by each manufacturer MA to MC, the decryption information is stored in the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600. Furthermore, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is operated, the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609 scan each QR code (i.e., the front QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411, or the back QR code The code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 (the same applies hereinafter) 401 and the like are read. Then, when two QR codes 401, etc. are read, the combination data is decrypted from among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a using the decryption key 603b, and the data read from each QR code 401, etc. It is determined whether or not the data and the decoded combination data match, and if the data do not match, error processing is performed.

In the main processing of this reading device 600, first, it is determined whether board frame correspondence data has been received from the hall computer 500 (S201). As a result of the determination, if board frame correspondence data has been received (S201: Yes), the received board frame correspondence data is stored in the correspondence data storage section 603a of the reading device 600 (S202), and the process moves to S203. On the other hand, in the process of S201, if board frame correspondence data is not received (S201: No), the process of S202 is skipped and the process moves to S203.

Next, in the process of S203, it is determined whether decoding information has been input (S203). As a result of the determination, if decryption information has been input (S203: Yes), the input decryption information is stored in the decryption key 603b for each manufacturer MA to MC (S204), and the process moves to S205. On the other hand, in the process of S203, if decoding information is not input (S203: No), the process of S204 is skipped and the process moves to S205.

Here, the decoding information is configured to be different for each manufacturer MA to MC. That is, the combination data of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 and the decryption information when the combination data is encrypted are uniquely generated for each manufacturer MA to MC, and are uniquely generated for each manufacturer MA to MC. The encrypted combination data is configured such that it cannot be decrypted by decryption information generated by other manufacturers MA to MC. With this configuration, the security performance of the encrypted combination data can be improved and falsification of the combination data can be suppressed.

Next, in the process of S205, it is determined whether or not the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 has been operated by the administrator of the gaming hall or the like (S205). As a result of the determination, if the operation unit 610 is not operated (S205: No), the process moves to S201 (the beginning of the main process) and the main process is repeatedly executed. (S205: Yes), the processes from S206 to S210 are performed to read and decode the QR code, and to determine a match.

In the process of S206, the first QR scanning unit 607 and the second QR scanning unit 609 execute the reading process of the second QR code 401, etc. (S206), and then check whether both of the read QR codes 401, etc. were read normally. It is determined whether or not (S207). As a result of the determination, if the second QR code 401 etc. cannot be read normally (S207: No), that is, at least one QR code 401 etc. cannot be read normally due to dirt or damage to one of the QR codes 401 etc. If so, the subsequent processing is skipped, the processing moves to S201 (the beginning of the main processing), and the main processing is repeatedly executed. In this case, the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 displays that each QR code etc. could not be read normally. On the other hand, if the QR code 401 etc. of No. 2 can be read normally (S207: Yes), the combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decrypted based on the decryption information stored in the decryption key 603b ( S208), Next, it is determined whether the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 read from the QR code 401 etc. of No. 2 matches the decoded combination data (S209).

Note that the main board sticker 420 affixed to the board box 100 of the main controller 110 is read and determined within a predetermined period of time after the reading device 600 performs the reading process of the board side sticker 400 and the frame side sticker 410. (For example, within 10 seconds) By reading the main board seal 420 alone, the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 can be collated. Specifically, for example, the reading device 600 can read the QR code 421 of the main board sticker 420 alone within 10 seconds after the reading process is performed by the board side sticker 400 and the frame side sticker 410. It is configured such that it can be read and it can be determined whether or not the QR code read within 10 seconds matches the contents of each QR code 401 etc. read before that time. If they match, it is configured to notify and/or communicate that the combination is normal, while if they do not match, it is configured to notify and/or communicate that a combination abnormality has occurred.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 of the first embodiment, in the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110, each game machine serial number (i.e., The game board number, frame number, and main board number) are converted into two-dimensional codes, and the board side QR code 400, frame side sticker 410, and main board sticker 420 include a board front QR code 401, a board back QR code 402, and a frame front QR code. 411, print the frame back QR code 412 and/or the main board QR code 421, read each of the above QR codes 401, etc. with the reading device 600, and check the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110. This makes it possible to instantly determine whether the correct game board 13 or main control device 110 is attached to the inner frame 12. Therefore, compared to the case where the gaming machine serial number is confirmed visually by a person such as a game hall manager, it is possible to accurately and easily confirm the pachinko machine 10 while preventing confirmation errors from occurring.

Furthermore, when the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board QR code 401 of the board side seal 400 and the frame QR code 411 of the frame side seal 410 are readably exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. is configured to do so. With this configuration, when only the new game board 13 is purchased and the game board 13 is attached to the inner frame 12 already installed in the game hall, the front frame 14 will be left open as described below. The reading device 600 can immediately read the board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411. That is, without opening the inner frame 12 and checking the back side of the pachinko machine 10, it is possible to easily compare the gaming board 13 and the inner frame 12 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, which improves work efficiency. It is possible to improve the

Furthermore, even at the manufacturing stage of the pachinko machine 10, by comparing the QR code 402 on the back of the board, the QR code 412 on the back of the frame, and the QR code 421 on the main board located on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, for example, only one side of the production line can be A reading device can be installed in the machine to perform a verification process of the game board number, frame number, and main board number, thereby improving production efficiency and reducing equipment costs.

In addition, when the entire pachinko machine 10 is newly installed in a game hall, or when only the game board 13 is newly installed, the reading device 600 is used to read each QR code 401, etc. The gaming machine serial number indicated by each QR code 401 etc. is checked against the board frame correspondence data stored in the reading device 600 to determine whether the pachinko machine 10 or gaming board 13 is a genuine product or not, and whether the installation location in the gaming hall is appropriate. It is determined (authenticated) whether or not. As a result, even if the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is replaced with a fraudulent product while the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 is being transported, each QR code 401 etc. can be read using the reading device 600. , it becomes easy to determine whether the product is fraudulent.

Furthermore, when reading by the reading device 600, the encrypted combination data is decrypted and can be distinguished from the reading result on the condition that the QR code 401 etc. of 2 is successfully read. If the QR code 401 etc. cannot be read normally, the combined data is not decoded. That is, the configuration is such that modification of the combination data by the hall computer 500 is substantially impossible. With this configuration, if a game hall takes the initiative to commit a fraudulent act such as illegally replacing the game board 13 (main controller 110), the fraudulent act can be easily carried out by reading each QR code 401, etc. can be recognized. Therefore, for example, if a regulatory agency or the like makes it compulsory for the reading device 600 to regularly read each QR code 401 and report it, fraudulent activity by the game hall can be detected early, and a sound system can be maintained. A gaming environment can be constructed.

In addition, in the board side seal 400 or the frame side seal 410, one seal has a board front QR code 401 or a frame front QR code 411 located on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (back side ) is printed on the back of the board QR code 402 or the back of the frame QR code 412, respectively. With this configuration, if you want to attach a QR code indicating the machine manufacturing number etc. to the front side and back side of the pachinko machine 10, respectively, the board side sticker 400 or the frame side sticker 410 of 1 can be attached to the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10. By pasting the stickers from the lower right side when viewed from the front to the lower left side when viewed from the rear, it is possible to prevent the wrong stickers from being pasted on the front and back sides of the pachinko machine 10.

Further, when the board side seal 400, the frame side seal 410, and the main board seal 420 are attempted to be peeled off from the locations where they are affixed to the respective seals 400, 410, 420, the respective seals 400, 410, 420 may partially A cut (perforation) is provided for tearing. With this configuration, when an attempt is made to remove each of the pasted stickers 400, 410, and 420 from the place where they are pasted, the stickers will be torn due to the cuts, so that each of the stickers 400, 410, and 420 cannot be peeled off cleanly. First, fraudulent acts such as changing the stickers 400, 410, and 420 to other pachinko machines can be prevented.

Furthermore, the cuts of each seal 400, 410, and 420 are configured not to be applied to the area where the two-dimensional code is written. This is because if a cut is provided in a region where a two-dimensional code is written, the content of the two-dimensional code may be changed due to the cut or the code may not be read properly. Therefore, by providing the above-mentioned cut in a portion of each sticker 400, 410, 420 other than the portion where each QR code 401 etc. is printed, it is possible to prevent misreading by the reading device 600 and to prevent fraudulent acts such as unauthorized exchange. .

Furthermore, by providing the board front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411, or the board back QR code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 close to each other (adjacent), the reading device 600 can collectively read each QR code 401, etc. This makes it possible for game hall managers and others to carry out confirmation work efficiently.

<Second embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 15, a pachinko machine 10, a hall computer 500, and a reading device 600 in a second embodiment will be described. FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a gaming hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines 10 and one hall computer 500 are installed, and manufacturers MA to MC in the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 15, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, a board side sticker 400 is attached to the upper right corner of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, and a frame side sticker 410 is attached to the upper right corner of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front. affixed to.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a board side seal 400 is attached to the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front and the lower left side when viewed from the back, and a frame side seal is attached to the lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front and the lower left side when viewed from the back. 410 is attached so that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be read by the reading device 600 from the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10, respectively.

Here, when the game board 13 is installed by being fitted into the inner frame 12 from the front side, the game board 13 is attached to the leaf spring portions 12c provided on the upper and lower sides of the left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front. With the left side of the game board 13 in contact with the left side of the game board 13 in a front view and the leaf spring part 12c, the entire game board 13 is rotated toward the inner frame 12 using the left side of the game board 13 in a front view as a base. , the lower part of the game board 13 when viewed from the front is placed on the mounting portion 12d provided in the inner frame 12. Then, from this state, by pushing the game board 13 toward the inner frame 12, the upper clamp 12a and lower clamp 12b, which were in the released position, change to the fixed position, and by fixing the game board 13, the inner frame A game board 13 is attached and fixed to 12.

In this case, since the game board 13 is pushed into the inner frame 12 with the game board 13 placed on the mounting portion 12d of the inner frame 12, the lower part of the game board 13 and the inner part are caused by the load of the game board 13 itself. Since the mounting portion 12d of the frame 12 rubs against the mounting portion 12d, there is a risk that the board-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410 may be damaged.

Therefore, in the second embodiment, the board side sticker 400 is attached to the upper right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, and the frame side seal 410 is attached to the upper right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front. In addition, the inner frame 12 has a slight gap between the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 when fixing the game board 13 to the inner frame 12 so that the game board 13 can be fitted into the inner frame 12. It is configured as follows. Therefore, when fitting the game board 13 into the inner frame 12, the game board 13 is fitted into the inner frame 12 in a state where no load of the game board 13 is applied to the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. This makes it possible to make the disc-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410 less likely to rub against each other, thereby making each of the seals 400 and 410 less likely to be damaged.

In addition, the positions of the board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411 are set at a person's eye level when the front frame 14 is opened and installed in the island equipment (not shown) of the game hall. By doing so, each QR code 401 etc. can be easily recognized during confirmation work by the manager of the game hall, etc., and the work efficiency of the confirmation work can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, and reading device 600 in the second embodiment have the same configuration as the first embodiment and produce the same effects.

<Third embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 16 to 18, a pachinko machine 10, a hall computer 500, and a reading device 600a in a third embodiment will be described.

In the first embodiment, one QR code 401, etc. is provided on the game board 13 side, and one QR code 411, etc. is provided on the inner frame 12 side, so that it is possible to read two QR codes 401, 411, etc. at the same time. A reading device 600 reads the QR codes 401, 411, etc., and determines whether the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct.

In this case, a dedicated reading device 600 that can read the two QR codes 401, 411, etc. at the same time must be prepared in advance, which requires the purchase cost of the reading device 600.

Further, it is necessary to perform a process of determining whether or not the two QR codes 401, 411, etc. can be read normally at the same time, which may make the control process during the reading operation complicated.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, and reading device 600a of the third embodiment, a partial (upper half) QR code that encodes the game board number of the game board 13 is provided on the front side of the game board 13. At the same time, on the front side of the inner frame 12, there is provided a QR code 401a on the upper side of the panel surface that constitutes a QR code 401a on the lower side of the frame table that constitutes a partial (lower half) QR code that encodes the frame number of the inner frame 12. A cord 411a is provided. Then, by combining the QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface and the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame surface, one QR code is formed.

Similarly, on the back side of the game board 13, a board back upper side QR code 402a that constitutes a partial (upper half) QR code that encodes the game board number of the game board 13 is provided, and an inner frame On the back side of the inner frame 12, there is provided a frame back lower side QR code 412a constituting a partial (lower half) QR code in which the frame number of the inner frame 12 is encoded. Then, by combining the QR code 402a on the upper side of the board back and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back, one QR code is formed.

With this configuration, the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be read by the general-purpose reading device 600a that can read the QR code No. 1, so it is possible to read the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12. A dedicated reading device is not required. In addition, since it is possible to recognize whether the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct by reading the QR code 1, there is no need for complicated controls such as reading the QR code 2 at the same time. The control burden on the device 600a can be reduced.

Here, with reference to FIG. 16, a panel side seal 400a and a frame side seal 410a of the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 16(a) is a front view of a board-side seal 400a in the third embodiment, and FIG. 16(b) is a front view of a frame-side seal 410a in the third embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 16(a), the board side sticker 400a of the third embodiment includes a board that constitutes the upper half of the QR code that represents unique information such as the game board number unique to the game board 13 as a two-dimensional code. A front upper side QR code 401a and a back upper side QR code 402a are printed respectively.

The QR code 401a on the upper side of the board front and the QR code 402a on the upper side of the board back are the same two-dimensional code, and include the above-mentioned game board number (for example, AA-B 111111) and the manufacturer name (for example, manufacturer A). , model name (for example, ○○○○), etc. are encoded, and are combined with a QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front or a QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back, which will be described later, to form one QR code. Thus, each of the above data can be read by a general-purpose reading device 600a (see FIG. 17) that reads 1 QR code.

In addition, when the board side sticker 400a is attached to the game board 13, the board surface upper side QR code 401a located on the front side of the game board 13 and the back side (back side A QR code 402a located on the upper side of the back of the board is printed on each sticker. With this configuration, if you want to attach a partial QR code indicating the game board number to the front side and the back side of the game board 13, the board side sticker 400a of 1 can be attached to the lower right side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front. This can be achieved by pasting the stickers from the top to the lower left side (not shown) when viewed from the back, and it is possible to prevent the wrong stickers from being pasted on the front side and the back side of the game board 13.

Next, as shown in FIG. 16(b), the lower half of the frame side sticker 410a of the third embodiment includes a QR code in which unique information such as a frame number unique to the inner frame 12 is expressed as a two-dimensional code. A QR code 411a on the lower side of the front side of the frame and a QR code 412a on the lower side of the back side of the frame are printed respectively.

The QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back are the same two-dimensional code, and have the above-mentioned frame number (for example, AA-Y 900001) and the manufacturer's name (for example, manufacturer A ), frame name (for example, XX frame), etc., are encoded, and can be combined with the above-mentioned QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface or QR code 402a on the upper side of the board back side to form one QR code. , the above-mentioned data can be read by a general-purpose reading device 600a (see FIG. 17).

When this frame side sticker 410a is pasted on the inner frame 12, the frame front lower side QR code 411a located on the front side of the inner frame 12 and the back side (back side ) is printed on each sticker. With this configuration, if you want to affix a partial QR code indicating the frame number to the front side and back side of the inner frame 12 (pachinko machine 10), the frame side sticker 410a of 1 is attached to the inner frame 12. This can be achieved by pasting the stickers from the lower right side in front view to the lower left side in rear view (not shown), thereby preventing the occurrence of incorrect pasting of stickers on the front side and back side of the inner frame 12. be able to.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17, a confirmation work when the pachinko machine 10 or game board 13 in the third embodiment is newly purchased will be explained. FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a gaming hall in which a plurality of pachinko machines 10 and one hall computer 500 are installed, and manufacturers MA to MC in the third embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 17, in the third embodiment, a QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface of the board side sticker 400a affixed to the game board 13 and a QR code 401a on the lower side of the frame surface of the frame side sticker 410a affixed to the inner frame 12 are used. 411a to form one QR code, and the QR code is configured to be readable by a reading device 600a having only the function of reading one QR code. Therefore, the game board number of the game board 13 and the frame number of the inner frame 12 are read by the reading device 600a that can read the first QR code, without using a dedicated reading device that can read the second QR code at the same time. becomes possible.

Next, a main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 18. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the main processing of the third embodiment. In the main processing of the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, when the operation section 610 of the reading device 600a is operated, one scanning section (not shown) is used to scan one QR code (i.e., the upper side QR code 401a and 1 QR code consisting of the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front, or 1 QR code consisting of the QR code 402a on the upper side of the board back and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back) is read. Then, when the QR code No. 1 is read, the combination data is decrypted from among the board frame corresponding data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a using the decryption key 603b, and the combination data is decoded with the data read from the QR code. It is determined whether the data match the combination data, and if the data do not match, error processing is performed.

In the main processing of the reading device 600a of the third embodiment, the processing of S201 to S205 is performed as in the first embodiment. Then, in the process of S205, it is determined whether or not the operation unit 610 has been operated by the administrator of the gaming hall or the like (S205). As a result of the determination, if the operation unit 610 is not operated (S205: No), this main processing is terminated, whereas if the operation unit 610 is operated (S205: Yes), the scanning unit 1 (not shown) is ), the reading process of the QR code 1 is executed (S206). Then, based on the decryption information stored in the decryption key 603b, the combination data stored in the corresponding data storage unit 603a is decrypted (S208), and then the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 read from the QR code 1 It is determined whether the combination of gaming machine serial numbers and the decoded combination data match (S209). In this way, by reading the QR code No. 1, it is possible to recognize whether the combination of the gaming machine serial number of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct or not, which eliminates the trouble of reading the QR code No. 2 at the same time. This eliminates the need for additional control, and the control burden on the reading device 600a can be reduced.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, and reading device 600a of the third embodiment, the game board number of the game board 13 is encoded on the front side (back side) of the game board 13. A QR code 401a on the upper side of the board surface (upper side QR code 402a on the back side of the board) that constitutes a partial (upper half) QR code is provided, and a frame of the inner frame 12 is provided on the front side (back side) of the inner frame 12. A frame front lower side QR code 411a (frame back lower side QR code 412a) that constitutes a partial (lower half) QR code in which a number is encoded is provided. Then, one QR code is formed by combining the board upper side QR code 401a and the frame front lower side QR code 411a (board back upper side QR code 402a and frame back lower side QR code 412a).

With this configuration, there is no need for a special reading device such as reading the QR code No. 2, and the reading device 600a that can read the QR code No. 1 can read the QR code 401a on the upper side of the game board 13 and the It is possible to read a QR code composed of the QR code 411a on the lower side of the frame front, or a QR code composed of the QR code 402a on the upper side of the back of the board and the QR code 412a on the lower side of the frame back. Therefore, the cost for preparing a special reading device can be reduced.

In addition, since it is possible to recognize whether the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is correct by reading the QR code 1, there is no need for complicated controls such as reading the QR code 2 at the same time. The control burden on the device 600a can be reduced.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600a in the third embodiment have the same configuration as the first embodiment or the second embodiment, and have the same effects.

<Fourth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 19, a pachinko machine 10, a hall computer 500, and a reading device 600 in a fourth embodiment will be described.

The reading device 600 of the first embodiment reads each gaming machine serial number of the gaming board 13 and the inner frame 12 to determine whether the combination of the gaming board 13 and the inner frame 12 matches. Ta.

On the other hand, in the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, when it is determined that the game machine serial numbers of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 match, the main board number of the main controller 110 is read. is read, and if the main board number does not match the game board number, an error signal is output to the hall computer 500. With this configuration, it is possible to determine whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 is appropriate, and to install the correct game board 13 and main control device 110 to the inner frame 12. It becomes possible to instantly determine whether or not the Therefore, even if the main control device 110 has been illegally replaced with the game board 13, fraudulent activity with respect to the pachinko machine 10 can be detected at an early stage.

Here, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 19. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the main processing of the fourth embodiment. In the main process of the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, it is determined whether or not the contents of the read QR code and the decoded combination data match, and if they match, then the main board It is confirmed whether or not the QR code 421 has been read, and if the main board QR code 421 has been read, it is determined whether the read main board number and the game board number read earlier match or not. Then, if the data do not match, error processing is performed.

In the main processing of the reading device 600 of the fourth embodiment, the processing of S201 to S209 is performed as in the first embodiment. Then, in the process of S209, if it is determined that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 read from the QR code 2 matches the decoded combination data (S209: Yes), the game board Since the combination of 13 and the inner frame 12 is normal, it is then determined whether the main board QR code 421 has been read (S211). Here, the main board QR code 421 includes main board information indicating that it is the main control device 110, and is configured to be distinguishable from the QR code corresponding to the game board 13. Then, in the process of S211, a predetermined period of time (for example, 20 seconds) is waited until the main board QR code 421 is read, and if the main board QR code 421 is read during that time (S211: Yes), the It is determined whether the main board number indicated by the main board QR code 421 and the game board number read in the process of S206 match (S212). In addition, if the predetermined time is exceeded, the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 can be ensured to be valid by, for example, being configured to output an error signal without exception. Can be done.

As a result of the process in S212, if the main board number indicated by the read main board QR code 421 matches the game board number read in the process in S206 (S212: Yes), the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 are Since the combination with the main control device 110 is normal, the process of S210 is not performed, the process moves to S201, and the main process is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if the main board number indicated by the read main board QR code 421 and the game board number read in the process of S206 do not match (S212: No), the combination of the game board 13 and the main controller 110 is incorrect. Since it is incorrect, an error signal is sent to the hall computer 500 (S210), and the process moves to S201.

In this way, if any combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 that has been read is incorrect, by sending an error signal from the reading device 600 to the hall computer 500, In the hall computer 500, it is possible to immediately recognize a mistake in the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the fourth embodiment have the same configuration as the first to third embodiments, and have the same effects.

<Fifth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 20 to 42, the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, and reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment will be described.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the front frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 is opened from the inner frame 12, the board front QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 The frame table QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the frame side sticker 410 is exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and in a situation where the inner frame 12 is fixed to the outer frame 11, the reader 600 reads the pachinko machine. The machine 10 is configured to be able to read the board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411 from the front side. In addition, when the inner frame 12 of the pachinko machine 10 is opened from the outer frame 11, the back side QR code 402 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 and the frame side sticker affixed to the inner frame 12 are displayed. 410 and the main board QR code 421 of the main board sticker 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main controller 110 are exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the inner frame 12 is exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10. is rotated relative to the outer frame 11 so that the back side of the inner frame 12 faces the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the reading device 600 reads the QR code 402 on the back of the board and the QR code on the back of the frame from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. It is configured to be able to read the code 412 and the main board QR code 421.

In this case, in order to read the main board sticker 420 attached to the main controller 110, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 are unlocked and the inner frame 12 is rotated relative to the outer frame 11. In order to determine whether all the combinations of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 are correct, it is necessary to not only unlock the front frame 14 but also to lock the inner frame 12. The lock must be unlocked, and only by unlocking the front frame 14, it is not possible to determine whether all combinations of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 are correct. There wasn't.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the game board 13 is provided with a backside viewing window 13a. In addition, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board back QR code 422 (hereinafter, the main board front QR code 421a and the main board back QR code 422) are attached to the main board sticker 420 attached to the main controller 110. . The main board back QR code 422 is located on the front side of the main control device 110 (that is, the back side of the Pachinko machine 10). When the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11, the entire main board front QR code 421a of the main control device 110 installed on the back side of the game board 13 can be viewed from the back side viewing window 13a. The configuration is such that a main board sticker 420 is affixed at the position. With this configuration, when the front frame 14 is opened from the inner frame 12, the panel front QR code 401, the frame front QR code 411, and the main board front QR code 421a can be read.

In addition, in the fifth embodiment, the front QR code 401 or the back QR code 402 of the board side sticker 400 (hereinafter, the front QR code 401 and the back QR code 402 are collectively referred to as the "board QR code 401, 402''), the frame front QR code 411 or the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side sticker 410, or the main board front QR code 421a or the main board back QR code 422 of the main board seal 420 (hereinafter referred to as the board QR codes 401, 402, frame QR codes 411, 412, and main QR codes 421a, 422 may be collectively referred to simply as "QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422") with a reading device 600. When each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is read by the reading device 600, the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a different color. The encoded information of QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, and 422 is configured respectively. Also, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is read, the display color that will be displayed when the currently read QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is read is superimposed. (additive color mixture) to make it possible to identify which QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is being read.

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, near each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 (in the fifth embodiment, above each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422) , game board number information 403 indicating the game board number, frame number or main board number of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, frame number information 413 and main board number information 423 (hereinafter referred to as game board number) The information 403, the frame number information 413, and the main board number information 423 (sometimes collectively referred to as "number information 403, 413, 423") are printed (displayed), respectively. Further, the reading device 600 is configured to read each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and simultaneously read the number information 403, 413, 423 by one operation on the operation unit 610. There is. If either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read normally, that is, even if the number information 403, 413, 423 cannot be read. If the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is readable, or if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is not readable, the number information 403, 413, 423 is readable. In this case, the process is executed assuming that the game board number, slot number, or main board number has been read normally.

Hereinafter, regarding the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the fifth embodiment, we will focus on the differences from the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the first to fourth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the front side of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 20 to 22. FIG. 20 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in a state where the front frame 14 is opened from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 21 shows the board side seal 400 and the frame side 22 is a front view of the seal 410 and the main board seal 420, and FIG. 22 is a front view of the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments mainly in that the game board 13 is provided with a back side viewing window 13a, and that the back side viewing window 13a is The main board surface QR code 421a attached to the main control device 110 is configured to be visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the front frame 14 has a window at a position corresponding to a back side viewing window 13a of the game board 13, which will be described later, when the front frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 12. A covering portion 14d is provided. Due to this window covering part 14d, when the front frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 12, the back side visibility window part 13a is configured to be invisible or difficult to see from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, while the front frame 14 When the inner frame 12 is unlocked and opened, the back side viewing window 13a is configured to be visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the game board 13 is made of transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate). A predetermined decoration is printed or arranged on the entire front side of the game board 13 (ie, the front side of the pachinko machine 10), and the back side of the game board 13 is configured to be difficult or impossible to see.

On the other hand, in the lower right portion of the game board 13 when viewed from the front, no decoration is printed or arranged, and a back side viewing window 13a is formed through which the back side of the game board 13 can be seen. When the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is closed), the back side visibility window 13a is covered by the lower part of the front frame 14, and is The back side viewing window portion 13a is configured so as not to be visible from the front side of the device 10. On the other hand, when the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and outer frame 11 and rotated from the inner frame 12 and outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is in an open state), this By exposing the window portion 13a and making it visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the back side of the game board 13 can be seen through the back side viewing window portion 13a. As a result, by making the QR codes 401, 411, and 421a invisible to the players playing the game, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, and at the same time, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10. At the time of confirmation by a person concerned, the back side of the game board 13 becomes visible through the back side viewing window 13a.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, as an arrangement on the back side of the game board 13, a main board seal 420 attached to the main controller 110 is provided at a position corresponding to the position of the back side viewing window 13a. It is configured such that a main board table QR code 421a and main board number information 423 (see FIG. 21(c)) to be described later are located. Therefore, when the front frame 14 is unlocked and rotated from the inner frame 12 and outer frame 11, the main board table QR code 421a and the main board number information 423 can be seen from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and the reading device 600, the main board table QR code 421a and the main board number information 423 can be read.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment described above, when the reader 600 attempts to read the main board QR code 421 of the main board sticker 420 affixed to the main controller 110, the inner frame 12 is separated from the outer frame 11. The main board QR code 421 cannot be read unless the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (gaming board 13) is exposed after being locked.

In contrast, in the fifth embodiment, the main board is exposed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 with the inner frame 12 locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, without unlocking the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11). Since it is configured to be able to read the QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423), just by unlocking the front frame 14 (without unlocking the inner frame 12), the panel QR code 401, It is possible to read the frame table QR code 411 and the main board table QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423), and check whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate. Confirmation work can be made more efficient.

In addition, the main board surface QR code 421a of the main board sticker 420 affixed to the main control device 110 and visible from the rear viewing window 13a is the board surface QR code 421a of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13. The code 401 and the frame front QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the inner frame 12 (hereinafter, the board front QR code 401, the frame front QR code 411, and the main board front QR code 421a are collectively referred to as " Table QR Codes 401, 411, 421a) are arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. As a result, when a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall performs confirmation work with the inner frame 12 locked, it becomes easier to grasp the position of each table QR code 401, 411, 421a, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

Here, referring to FIG. 21, the panel-side seal 400, frame-side seal 410, and main board seal 420 (hereinafter, the board-side seal 400, frame-side seal 410, and main board seal 420 are collectively referred to as , sometimes referred to as "seals 400, 410, 420") will be described in detail. FIG. 21(a) is a front view of the board-side seal 400 before being attached to the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 21(b) is a front view of the board-side seal 400 before being attached to the inner frame 12 of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 21C is a front view of the main board seal 420 before being attached to the main controller 110 (see FIG. 25), which will be described later. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments in that a main board seal 420 is provided with a main board front QR code 421a and a main board back QR code 422, and each seal 400, 410, and 420 are provided with game board number information 403, frame number information 413, and main board number information 423, which indicate information about the attached parts.

First, as shown in FIG. 21(a), the board side sticker 400 includes a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402 that represent unique information such as the game board number unique to the game board 13 as a two-dimensional code. Each is printed.

The board QR codes 401 and 402 of the fifth embodiment have, as unique information, a green color superimposed on the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixture) when read by the reading device 600 described later. Contains encoding information for Note that details of the background color of the display section 611 when the board QR codes 401 and 402 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG. 27.

In addition, on the board side sticker 400, game board number information 403 indicating the game board number itself is printed near the board QR codes 401 and 402 (in the fifth embodiment, above each board QR code 401 and 402). (displayed). This game board number information 403 is placed above the board QR codes 401, 402 so that when the board side sticker 400 is attached to the game board 13, the game board number information 403 can be seen directly when looking straight at the game board 13. Each is printed near the side.

Next, as shown in FIG. 21(b), the frame side sticker 410 includes a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412, each of which expresses unique information such as a frame number unique to the inner frame 12 in a two-dimensional code. It is printed.

In the frame QR codes 411 and 412 of the fifth embodiment, as unique information, when read by a reading device 600 described later, blue is superimposed on the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixture). Contains encoding information for Note that details of the background color of the display section 611 when the frame QR codes 411 and 412 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later with reference to FIG.

In addition, like the board side seal 400, the frame side sticker 410 includes a frame number that indicates the frame number itself near the frame QR codes 411 and 412 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the frame QR codes 411 and 412). Information 413 is printed (displayed). This frame number information 413 is placed near the upper side of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 so that when the frame side sticker 410 is pasted on the inner frame 12, the frame number information 413 can be seen squarely when looking straight at the inner frame 12. are printed respectively.

Next, as shown in FIG. 21(c), the main board seal 420 includes a main board front QR code 421a and a main board back QR code that express unique information such as a main board number unique to the main controller 110 as a two-dimensional code. A code 422 is printed on each.

The main QR codes 421a and 422 of the fifth embodiment have, as unique information, a red color superimposed on the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 (additive color mixture) when read by the reading device 600 described later. Contains encoding information for Note that details of the background color of the display section 611 when the main QR codes 421a and 422 are read by the reading device 600 will be described later in FIG. 27.

In addition, the main board seal 420 has a main board number near the main QR codes 421a and 422 (in the fifth embodiment, above each of the main QR codes 421a and 422), similar to the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. Main board number information 423 indicating the main board number information 423 is printed (displayed) on each board. This main board number information 423 is attached to the main QR code 421a, 422 so that when the main board sticker 420 is attached to the main controller 110, the main board number information 423 can be seen directly when looking at the main controller 110. are printed near the upper side of each.

Furthermore, like the panel-side seal 400 and the frame-side seal 410, this main board seal 420 has a structure in which the main board seal 420 is attached to the main controller 110 when the main board seal 420 attached to the main controller 110 is peeled off from the main controller 110. A cut (perforation line, indicated by dotted diagonal lines in FIG. 21(c)) is provided where the seal 420 is partially torn. With this configuration, when an attempt is made to peel off the main board seal 420 attached to the main controller 110 from the main controller 110, the main board seal 420 will be torn due to the above-mentioned cut. It is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as replacing the main board seal 420 with another main control device 110 because the main board seal 420 cannot be peeled off cleanly from the control device 110.

In addition, since the main board seal 420 is attached across (astride) the box base and box cover of the board box 100 of the main controller 110, an attempt is made to peel off the seal in order to open the board box 100. Or, if an attempt is made to forcibly open the board box 100, the main board seal 420 will be cut into the box base side and the box cover side. Therefore, by checking the main board seal 420, it is possible to know whether the board box 100 has been opened. That is, the main board seal 420 also functions as a sealing seal. Therefore, there is no need to separately prepare a seal and stick it on the board box 100, and the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Above each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 of the fifth embodiment, number information 403, 413, 423 corresponding to each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, respectively Printed (displayed), each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is read by one operation on the operation unit 610 (see FIG. 26) of the reading device 600 (described later), and each number information 403, 413 and 423 can be read simultaneously. If either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 was successfully read, the game board number, frame number or main board number was successfully read. It is configured to be able to execute processing as an object. With this configuration, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is dirty or damaged and cannot be read correctly, or if the Even if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is difficult to read due to the dim lighting environment, the other number information 403, 413, 423 or the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a , 422 can be read, the game board number, frame number, or main board number can be assumed to have been read normally and processing can be executed. The work of checking whether the combinations of 110 are appropriate can be made more efficient.

Note that the information that can be read from each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the information that can be read from each number information 403, 413, 423 may be configured to have the same content. Specifically, various information encoded in each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 may be configured to be written in each number information 403, 413, 423, or each The information displayed in the number information 403, 413, 423 and the information encoded in each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 may be configured to have the same content. .

Next, as shown in FIG. 22, the game board 13 includes a resin base plate 60 molded into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails, windmills, and rails 61, 62 for guiding balls, and a general prize opening 63. , a first ball entrance 64, a variable winning device 65, a variable display unit 80, etc., are assembled.

As described above, in the game board 13 of the fifth embodiment, the back side viewing window 13a is formed in the lower right portion of the game board 13 when viewed from the front and near the vertically upper side of the board side seal 400. There is. The back side viewing window 13a is not decorated with any decorations and is made of transparent resin, so the back side of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the game board 13 through the back side viewing window 13a. can do. On the back side of the game board 13, the main board front QR code 421a and main board number information 423 of the main board sticker 420 affixed to the main controller 110 are located in the part where the back visibility window 13a is located. By arranging the game board 13 (pachinko machine 10) from the front side, you can see the front QR codes 401, 411, 421a, the game board number information 403, the frame number information 413, and the main board number information 423 (any (see also FIG. 21) is configured to be readable by the reading device 600.

In addition, the board surface QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 (and the frame surface QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the inner frame 12) and the main control device 110. Since the attached main board sticker 420 is close to the main board table QR code 421a, it is possible to streamline the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13 (inner frame 12 and main control device 110) is appropriate. can do.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 23 to 25, the configuration of the back side (back side) of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 23 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment, FIG. 24 is a rear view of the game board 13 in the fifth embodiment, and FIG. 25 is a rear view of the game board 13 in the fifth embodiment. It is a front view (when seen from the back side of the Pachinko machine 10) of the main control device 110 attached to the side. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments in that a main board seal 420 is attached to the box base and box cover of the board box 100 of the main controller 110; The main control device 110 is located slightly to the left of the back surface of the game board 13 when viewed from the rear.

As shown in FIGS. 23 to 25, a main controller 110 is provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The main control device 110 in the fifth embodiment is arranged so as to be located slightly to the left of the game board 13 when viewed from the back compared to the main control device 110 in the first embodiment (see FIG. 23). The main board back QR code 422 of the main board sticker 420 affixed to the lower left side when viewed from the front (rear view of the pachinko machine 10) (see FIG. 25) is attached to the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the rear (see FIG. 24). The back side QR code 402 of the stuck board side sticker 400 and the back frame QR code 412 (hereinafter referred to as the back side) of the frame side sticker 410 stuck to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 in rear view (see FIG. The QR code 402, the frame back QR code 412, and the main board back QR code 422 may be collectively referred to as "back QR codes 402, 412, 422") and are arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. This makes it easier for the manufacturer's personnel and game hall personnel to understand the positions of the back QR codes 402, 412, and 422 when performing confirmation work with the inner frame 12 open. 13. The checking work of the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 can be made more efficient.

Furthermore, the parts are not arranged in the back direction of the pachinko machine 10 between the back side QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410, and the back side QR code is read from the back side of the pachinko machine 10. 402 and the frame back QR code 412 are placed in an exposed state (see FIG. 23). As a result, each back QR code 402, 412, 422 can be read by the reading device 600 without removing other parts such as the cover, making it possible to efficiently check the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110. can be converted into

Next, referring to FIG. 26, a pachinko machine 10 according to a fifth embodiment, a hall computer 500 communicably connected to the pachinko machine 10, and a reading device 600 configured to be communicable with the hall computer 500. The electrical configuration of the hall computer 500 and the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC will be explained. The fifth embodiment differs from the first to fourth embodiments in that the reading device 600 reads the game board number information 403 of the board side sticker 400, the frame number information 413 of the frame side sticker 410, and the main board sticker. The main board number information 423 of 420 is provided with a number circuit 621 and a number scanning unit 622.

A first QR scanning section 607 is connected to the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 of the fifth embodiment via a first QR circuit 606, and a number scanning section 622 is connected via a number circuit 621.

The first QR circuit 606 and the first QR scanning unit 607 are used to print the board QR codes 401 and 402 provided on the board side seal 400, the frame QR codes 411 and 412 provided on the frame side seal 410, or the main board seal 420. The reading function of the provided main QR codes 421a and 322 is fulfilled, and the reading function of the above-mentioned game board number information 403, frame number information 413, or main board number information 423 is fulfilled by the number circuit 621 and number scanning section 622. It will be done.

In the fifth embodiment, one QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, A process is executed in which number information 403, 413, and 423 accompanying (located in the vicinity of) 422 are read at the same time. In the reading process, if at least one of the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 is successfully read, the MPU 601 determines that the reading process is normal. Assuming that the process has been completed, the process based on the read game board number, frame number, or main board number (i.e., the process of determining whether the read information matches the content stored in the combination data) is executed. .

When a person in charge of a manufacturer or a person concerned with a game hall confirms the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110, the player 600 uses the reading device 600 to confirm the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main controller 110 in one pachinko machine 10. When all of the frame 12 and the main control device 110 are read, and the read combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal, it is assumed that the authentication work on the one pachinko machine 10 is completed. The next pachinko machine (for example, the adjacent pachinko machine 10) is read. Therefore, in the confirmation work of the first pachinko machine 10, for example, if the reading work of the next pachinko machine is performed without reading at least one of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110. Since the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12 and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 of No. 1 is not normal, a reading error (abnormal combination) occurs and the reading operation of the pachinko machine 1 of No. 1 has to be performed again. It won't happen.

However, during the confirmation process, the manufacturer's sales personnel and the game hall personnel forget which QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 of the first pachinko machine 10 was read. In this case, the checking work for the next pachinko machine is performed in the middle of the checking work for one pachinko machine 10 (without completing it), which may cause a reading error and reduce work efficiency.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the reading device 600 The background color of the display section 611 is made different, and the background color of the display section 611 is changed according to the combination of the read QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423. The encoding information of each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the print content of number information 403, 413, 423 are set so as to In one pachinko machine 10, board QR codes 401, 402 or game board number information 403 corresponding to the game board 13, frame QR codes 411, 412 or frame number information 413 corresponding to the inner frame 12, and the main controller If all of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or main board number information 423 corresponding to 110 are read normally, and the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is normal. , the background color on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a specific color (in the fifth embodiment, "white"), and the manufacturer's sales person and the person concerned with the game hall are informed of the background color on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. It is configured to be able to notify that the confirmation work has been completed.

Here, with reference to FIG. 27, the board QR codes 401 and 402 or the game board number information 403, the frame QR codes 411 and 412 or the frame number information 413, and the main QR codes 421a and 422 or the main board number information 423. The background color displayed on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 when reading with the reading device 600 will be explained. FIG. 27 shows how to read when board QR codes 401, 402 or game board number information 403, frame QR codes 411, 412 or frame number information 413, or main QR codes 421a, 422 or main board number information 423 are read. 6 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a display color displayed as a background color of a display unit 611 of the device 600. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 27, the frame QR codes 411, 412 and frame number information 413 of the frame side sticker 410 attached to the inner frame 12 read the frame QR codes 411, 412 or the frame number information 413. When the reading device 600 can read normally, the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color including “blue” which is one of the three primary colors for displaying “white” through additive color mixing. Encoding information and frame number information 413 of frame QR codes 411 and 412 are set as follows.

In addition, the board QR codes 401, 402 and the game board number information 403 on the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 are read by the reading device 600. If the reading is successful, the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color that includes "green" which is one of the three primary colors to display "white" through additive color mixing. Encoding information of QR codes 401 and 402 and game board number information 403 are set.

In addition, the main QR codes 421a, 422 and the main board number information 423 of the main board sticker 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 include the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423. is successfully read by the reading device 600, the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a color that includes “red”, which is one of the three primary colors for displaying “white”, by additive color mixing. The encoding information of the main QR codes 421a and 422 and the main board number information 423 are set so as to

That is, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed based on the read content. The background color changes by additive color mixing. Specifically, when only the frame QR codes 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 are being read, the background color of the display section 611 is displayed in "blue", and the board QR codes 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 are displayed as "blue". When only the main QR code 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 is read, the background color of the display section 611 is "green". displayed in red.

Furthermore, while the frame QR codes 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 and the board QR codes 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 are being read, the background color of the display section 611 is "blue" and "green." " is displayed in "light blue" which is an additive color combination of The background color of the section 611 is displayed as "purple" by additive color mixing of "blue" and "red", and the board QR code 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 and the main QR code 421a, 422 or While the main board number information 423 is being read, the background color of the display section 611 is displayed as "yellow" by additive color mixing of "green" and "red".

Then, in a state where all of the frame QR codes 411, 412 or frame number information 413, board QR codes 401, 402 or game board number information 403, and main QR codes 421a, 422 or main board number information 423 are read respectively. , the background color of the display section 611 is displayed as "white" by additive color mixing by combining "blue", "green", and "red".

With this configuration, the manufacturer's sales person and the game hall related personnel can use the reading device 600 to check whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main controller 110 in one pachinko machine 10 is normal. When performing confirmation work, by checking the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600, you can check whether the confirmation work has been properly completed or not, and whether any confirmation work has been completed or not yet executed. This can be done by checking the background color of 611. Therefore, for example, even if the reading device 600 does not have a function to display characters, etc., it is possible to make the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned at the game hall aware of the execution status of the confirmation work. Confirmation work can be made more efficient, and the configuration of the reading device 600 can be simplified.

In addition, in the above confirmation work, when the person in charge of the manufacturer confirms the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10, the manufacturer The confirmation work is performed after accessing the manufacturer's data server site and logging in by entering predetermined authentication information on the site. In this case, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and number information 403, 413 can be read by a predetermined operation on the mobile terminal (for example, executing a reading process with the site displayed on the browser). , 423, and can read each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and number information 403, 413, 423, similar to the display section 611 of the reading device 600, The background color of the mobile device's display (browser) changes depending on the read content. With this configuration, the above-mentioned confirmation work can be performed simply by operating the site on the data server without developing a dedicated application, and the above-mentioned system can be constructed at low cost.

Next, the main process, which is one process executed by the MPU 601 in the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment, will be described with reference to the flowchart in FIG. 28. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing this main processing. In the main processing of the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is operated, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 reading processing (S206) is executed.

As shown in FIG. 28, in the process of S205, when the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600 is turned on (operated) (S205: Yes), each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, or , a reading process for reading each number information 403, 413, 423 and performing control according to each read QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or each number information 403, 413, 423. is executed (S206), and then the process moves to S209.

Here, with reference to FIG. 29, the above reading process (S206) executed within the main process will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing the reading process (S206) executed by the MPU 601 of the reading device 600 of the fifth embodiment. In the reading process (S206) of the fifth embodiment, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or each number information 403, 413, 423 can be read, the Each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, or each number information 403, 413, 423, and each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, or each number information read this time 403, 413, and 423, the background color of the display section 611 is set.

In the reading process (S206) of the fifth embodiment, first, it is determined whether or not the frame number has been read, that is, whether at least one of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 or the frame number information 413 has been successfully read. (S251). As a result of the determination, if the frame number has not been read (S251: No), the process moves to S259. On the other hand, if the frame number can be read, that is, if at least one of the frame QR codes 411, 412 or the frame number information 413 has been successfully read (S251: Yes), other QR codes 401, 402, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 423 can be read, the process moves to S252.

In the process of S252, it is determined whether the game board number has been read, that is, whether at least one of the board QR codes 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 has been successfully read (S252). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S252: No), then it is determined whether the main board number has been read, that is, at least one of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423. It is determined whether one of the two has been read normally (S253). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S253: No), only the frame number can be read at this time, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "blue". (S254), this reading process (S206) is ended and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number has been read (S253: Yes), the frame number and main board number can be read at this time, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is set to "blue". The image is displayed in "purple" which is an additive color of "red" and "purple" (S255), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S252, if it is determined that the game board number has been read (S252: Yes), then it is determined whether the main board number has been read (S256). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S256: No), it means that the frame number and game board number can be read at the moment, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is changed to "blue". ” and “green” (S257), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number has been read (S256: Yes), the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 of the first pachinko machine 10 have been read at the moment, so the reading device 600 The background color of the display section 611 is displayed as "white" which is an additive color of "blue", "green" and "red" (S258), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. .

Note that the combination of the frame number read in the process of S251 and the game board number determined to have been read in S252 or the main board number determined to have been read in S253 or S256 is normal. It is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28) whether or not the combination is normal, and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is sent to the hall computer 500, and the display section 611 of the reading device 600 indicates a reading error. Display a background color (for example, background color "gray") to indicate this.

Next, in the process of S259, it is determined whether the game board number was read or not, that is, whether at least one of the board QR codes 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 was read normally (S259). . As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S259: No), the process moves to S267. On the other hand, if the game board number can be read, that is, if at least one of the board QR codes 401, 402 or the game board number information 403 has been read normally (S259: Yes), other QR codes are currently being read. 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 413, 423 are read, the process moves to S260.

In the process of S260, it is determined whether the frame number has been read or not, that is, whether at least one of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 or the frame number information 413 has been successfully read (S260). As a result of the determination, if the frame number has not been read (S260: No), then it is determined whether the main board number has been read or not, that is, at least one of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423. It is determined whether or not it has been read normally (S261). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S261: No), only the game board number can be read at this time, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "green". (S262), ends this reading process (S206), and returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number has been read (S261: Yes), the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is changed to "green", since the game board number and main board number can be read at the moment. ” and “red” (S263), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S260, if it is determined that the frame number has been read (S260: Yes), then it is determined whether the main board number has been read (S264). As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S264: No), it means that the game board number and frame number can be read at the moment, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is changed to "green". ” and “blue” (S265), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number has been read (S264: Yes), the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 of the first pachinko machine 10 have been read at the moment, so the reading device 600 The background color of the display section 611 is displayed as "white" which is an additive color of "blue", "green" and "red" (S266), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. .

Note that the combination of the game board number read in the process of S259 and the slot number determined to have been read in S260 or the main board number determined to have been read in S261 or S264 is normal. It is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28) whether or not the combination is normal, and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is sent to the hall computer 500, and the display section 611 of the reading device 600 indicates a reading error. Displays a background color (for example, background color "gray") that indicates this.

Next, in the process of S267, it is determined whether the main board number was read or not, that is, whether at least one of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 was read normally (S267). . As a result of the determination, if the main board number has not been read (S267: No), this reading process (S206) is ended and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the main board number can be read, that is, if at least one of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or the main board number information 423 has been read normally (S267: Yes), other QR codes In order to check whether the number information 401, 402, 411, 412 or the number information 403, 413 can be read, the process moves to S268.

In the process of S268, it is determined whether the frame number has been read, that is, whether at least one of the frame QR codes 411 and 412 or the frame number information 413 has been successfully read (S268). As a result of the determination, if the frame number has not been read (S268: No), then it is determined whether the game board number has been read or not, that is, at least one of the board QR codes 401 and 402 or the game board number information 403. It is determined whether or not it has been read normally (S269). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S269: No), only the main board number can be read at this time, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in "red". (S270), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the game board number has been read (S269: Yes), the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is changed to "red" because the main board number and the game board number can be read at the moment. ” and “green” (S271), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process.

On the other hand, in the process of S268, if it is determined that the slot number has been read (S268: Yes), then it is determined whether the game board number has been read (S272). As a result of the determination, if the game board number has not been read (S272: No), it means that the main board number and frame number are currently being read, so the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is changed to "red". ” and “blue” (S273), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. On the other hand, if the game board number has been read (S272: Yes), the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 of the first pachinko machine 10 have been read at the moment, so the reading device 600 The background color of the display section 611 is displayed as "white" which is an additive color of "blue", "green" and "red" (S274), this reading process (S206) is ended, and the process returns to the main process. .

Note that the combination of the main board number read in the process of S267 and the slot number determined to have been read in S268 or the game board number determined to have been read in S269 or S272 is normal. It is determined in S209 of the main process (see FIG. 28) whether or not the combination is normal, and if the combination is not normal, an error signal is sent to the hall computer 500 and the display section 611 of the reading device 600 indicates that there is a reading error. Displays a background color (for example, background color "gray") that indicates this.

In this way, the background color of the display section 611 is used to identify the read content according to the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 read by the reading device 600 or the number information 403, 413, 423. In addition, if each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or each number information 403, 413, 423 in one pachinko machine 10 is successfully read, a notification to that effect will be notified. The information is configured to be notified in an identifiable manner. With this configuration, when checking whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in one pachinko machine 10 is normal, the background of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 can be checked. By checking the color, it is possible to check whether the confirmation work has been properly completed or not, and whether any confirmation work has been completed or not yet executed by checking the background color of the display unit 611. Therefore, the execution status of the confirmation work can be made known to the person in charge of the manufacturer and the person concerned with the game hall, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

Next, with reference to FIG. 30, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 30 is a block diagram mainly showing the electrical configuration of the main controller 110.

As shown in FIG. 30, the main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a ROM 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data to be executed by the MPU 201, and a memory that temporarily stores various data etc. when executing the control programs stored in the ROM 202. A RAM 203 and various other circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission/reception circuit are built-in.

Note that in order to instruct the payout control device 111 and the audio lamp control device 113 to operate, various control commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub-control devices 111 and 113 by the data transmission/reception circuit. Commands are sent in only one direction from the main controller 110 to the payout controller 111 or the audio lamp controller 113.

The main control device 110 controls the setting of the jackpot lottery, the special symbol display device 37 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “first symbol display device 37”) and the third symbol display device 81, the dynamic display and variable effects, and the settings of the normal symbol. The main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as lottery of the display results of the variable display on the display device 83 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "second symbol display device 83"), is executed. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c that stores various counters for controlling these processes.

Further, the ROM 202 stores at least a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a pending number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, and a fluctuation pattern table 202e. The main control device 110 executes the above-mentioned main controls using various counters stored in the RAM 203 and various tables stored in the ROM 202.

Here, with reference to FIG. 31, the counter etc. provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be explained. These counters etc. are used for jackpot lottery, dynamic display settings on the special symbol display device 37, variable display settings on the third symbol display device 81, variable display display result lottery on the normal symbol display device 83, etc. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform this. Furthermore, in the description of the various counters, various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 will also be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 37.

The settings for the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37, and the variable performance settings of the third symbol display device 81 include the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the stop type of the jackpot symbol. A jackpot type counter C2 used for selection, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for selecting the production mode of the variation production, a first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and variation pattern selection. A variation type counter CS1 used for this purpose is used.

Further, a normal symbol winning counter C4 is used for the lottery on the normal symbol display device 83, and a second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the common symbol winning counter C4. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value.

Each counter is updated, for example, at "4 millisecond" intervals, which is the execution interval of timer interrupt processing (see Figure 38), and some counters are updated at irregular intervals during the main processing (see Figure 43). The updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in a predetermined area of the RAM 203. The details will be described later, but the RAM 203 includes a first holding ball storage area 203d consisting of four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4) related to the first special symbol, and a first holding ball storage area 203d that includes four holding areas related to the second special symbol. A second holding ball storage area 203e consisting of areas (second holding areas 1 to 4) is provided, and each of these areas has a first ball entry port or a second starting port (not shown). The values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 are respectively stored in accordance with the entry timing of the ball.

Each counter will be explained in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is sequentially incremented by 1 within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 899"), and reaches the maximum value (for example, "899" for a counter that can take a value of "0 to 899"). The configuration is such that it returns to "0" after reaching the value. In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated once, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from that initial value. It will be done.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, if the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter that can take a value of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter that can take a value of "0 to 899". The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once every time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) is executed, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 43).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the first ball entry port 64 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball entry port 64 (first special symbol). is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any one of the first reservation areas 1 to 4. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the second starting hole (not shown) (starting prize), the second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting hole (second special symbol) is stored. It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any one of the second reservation areas 1 to 4 provided.

The value of the random number at which the jackpot random number counter C1 becomes a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot random number value stored in the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1 and 203e1 in the reservation area. When the value of the random number counter C1 matches the random number value that is a jackpot set by the jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot is determined.

Here, details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be explained with reference to FIG. 32. FIG. 32 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot random number table 202a is a low probability state that is used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is in a low probability state (a period that is not in a "probability fluctuating state") of special symbols, which is the "normal gaming state" or the "time reduction state". For the probability state, and for the high probability state used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuating state (probability variable)" which is a high probability state with a special symbol that has a higher probability of winning a jackpot than a low probability state. It can be divided into two types. The numbers of random numbers that constitute a jackpot included in each of the low-probability state and high-probability state are set to be different. In this way, by varying the number of random numbers that result in a jackpot, the probability of a jackpot is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the jackpot random number counter C1 (jackpot random number value) that becomes a jackpot in a low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number It is stored in table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the low probability state (that is, the "normal game state" and the "time reduction state") is set to be 3/900=1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (jackpot random numbers) that result in a jackpot in a high probability state is 9, and the values ``28, 122, 298, 390, 486, 567, 656, 750, 866'' are It is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the high probability state (that is, the "probability fluctuating state") is set to be 9/900=1/100.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the jackpot random numbers for the low probability state and the jackpot random numbers for the high probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are set so that they do not overlap. is set. Here, if there is a value that is a jackpot random number value regardless of the situation of the pachinko machine 10, that value will be easily predicted from the outside, so there is a risk that there will be a high possibility that a jackpot will be won illegally. On the other hand, as in the first embodiment, by changing the value of the random number that results in a jackpot depending on the situation (that is, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is in a high probability state or a low probability state), it is possible to win a jackpot. Since the value of the random number can be made difficult to predict, fraud can be suppressed.

Returning to FIG. 31, the explanation will be continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type in the event of a jackpot, and is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 99") until the maximum value (for example, "0 to 99") is added. In the case of a counter that can take a value of ``99'', the counter returns to ``0'' after reaching ``99''. The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the first ball entry port 64 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball entry port 64 (first special symbol). Among the first reservation first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reservation area as the first reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the second starting hole (not shown) (starting prize), the second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the second starting hole (second special symbol) is stored. Among the provided second reservation first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same second reservation area as the second reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored.

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e is not a random number that becomes a jackpot, that is, it is a loss. If it is a random number, the variation pattern in the variation performance and the type of stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") will be the one at the time of loss. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in one holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d or the second holding ball storage area 203e is a random number that results in a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern or stop in the fluctuation performance The type will be the one at the time of jackpot. In this case, the fluctuation pattern and stop type at the time of the jackpot are determined in accordance with the jackpot type indicated by the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 99". The jackpot type is determined based on this jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202. This jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 that is referenced in the first lottery game with the first special symbol, and a jackpot type for special figure 2 that is referred to in the second lottery game with the second special symbol. A table 202b2 is provided.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 33(a) and 33(b), the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 will be described. FIG. 33(a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the special symbol 1 jackpot type table 202b1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. It is a diagram schematically showing an example of a special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 corresponding to the second special symbol. As shown in FIGS. 33(a) and 33(b), the jackpot type table 202b associates the type of special symbol, the jackpot type according to the type of the special symbol, and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. It is a table.

As for the jackpot type, as mentioned above, after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10, until the next jackpot occurs in the variable production of special symbols, both the jackpot probability of special symbols and the probability of winning of normal symbols are high. After the jackpot with the maximum number of rounds of 4 rounds, the jackpot probability of the special symbol and the normal symbol's jackpot probability will be changed until the next jackpot occurs in the variable performance of the special symbol. After the "Probable Variable B" which is a "4R Probable Variable Jackpot" where the hit probability is both in a high probability state, and after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10 rounds, the normal symbol's variation effect is executed 100 times. The winning probability is high, but the special symbol jackpot probability is low probability state (so-called time saving 100 times). After the jackpot of 4 rounds, the winning probability of the normal symbol will be in a high probability state until the special symbol variation effect is executed 50 times, but the jackpot probability of the special symbol will be in a low probability state (so-called time saving). There is "Time Saving B" which is a "4R Time Saving Jackpot" that transitions to the "Time Saving State" with 50 times).

In the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 and the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2, each jackpot type is associated with possible values of the jackpot type counter C2 that determines the jackpot type.

In the example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 in FIG. 33(a), the value "0 to 19" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "probable variable A" which is "10R probability variable jackpot", and The value "20 to 79" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "Probable Variable B" which is "4R Probable Variable Jackpot", and the value "20-79" of jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "Time Saving B" which is "4R Time Saving Jackpot". 80 to 99" are associated.

In the first special symbol lottery in the first embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any of the first holding balls storage areas 203d becomes the jackpot. value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first reservation area is determined from the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1.

For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "15", "probable variable A" corresponding to "10R probability variable jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "35", the jackpot is determined. "Probable variable B" corresponding to "4R probable variable jackpot" is determined as the type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "95", "time saving B" corresponding to "4R time saving jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type. Ru.

That is, if a jackpot is won in the first lottery game with the first special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the first ball entry hole 64), the jackpot type of "probable variation A" will be won at a rate of 20%. The jackpot type of "Probability Variable B" is selected at a rate of 60%, and the jackpot type of "Time Saving B" is selected evenly at a rate of 20%. That is, in the first lottery game with the first special symbol, the jackpot type of ``Probability Variable B'' is most likely to be selected, while the jackpot type of ``Time Saving A'' cannot be selected.

In addition, in the example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special drawing 2 in FIG. 33(b), the value "0 to 79" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with "probable variable A" which is "10R probability variable jackpot", The value “80 to 99” of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with “time saving A” which is “10R time saving jackpot”.

In the second special symbol winning/failure lottery in the first embodiment, similar to the first special symbol winning/failure lottery, the jackpot random number stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any of the holding areas of the second holding ball storage area 203e When the value of the counter C1 is a value that becomes a jackpot, the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the same holding area is the jackpot type table for special figure 2. 202b2.

For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "10", "probable variable A" corresponding to "10R probability variable jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "85", the jackpot is determined. “Time-saving A” corresponding to “10R time-saving jackpot” is determined as the type.

That is, when a jackpot is won in the second lottery game with the second special symbol (i.e., the lottery based on the ball entering the second starting slot), the jackpot type of "Probability Variable A" is selected at a rate of 80%. , the jackpot type of "time saving A" is selected at a rate of 20%. Therefore, in the second lottery game with the second special symbol, the jackpot type of "probability variation A" is configured to be most likely to be selected, while the jackpot types of "probability variation B" and "time saving B" cannot be selected. It is configured.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, since the lottery game using the second special symbol has greater gaming value for the player than the lottery game using the first special symbol, the player does not know how to use the second special symbol. A game feature is created in which the player receives a lottery based on a special symbol, that is, the ball enters the second starting port 64b rather than the first ball entering port 64, providing variation to the game and increasing the interest of the game. There is.

Note that the probability that each jackpot type will be selected in the event of a jackpot is appropriately set depending on the model. Then, in accordance with the set probability, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is defined in the jackpot type table 202b. In particular, pachinko machines 10 with different jackpot probabilities and/or jackpot type selection probabilities are sold by the same manufacturer, and only the game board 13 may be delivered to the game hall. It may be difficult to recognize the difference in probability. In such a case, the above-mentioned reading device 600 checks whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 is normal or not using each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, or By reading the number information 403, 413, and 423, the efficiency of the confirmation work can be improved.

Further, the probability that a jackpot type is selected may be changed depending on the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, a jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each gaming state may be prepared, and the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type may be changed in each jackpot type table 202b.

Returning to FIG. 31, the explanation of the various counters will be continued. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to increment sequentially by 1 within the range of 0 to 99, for example, and return to 0 after reaching the maximum value (that is, 99).

In the first embodiment, the rough presentation form of the variable presentation at the time of jackpot and loss displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is determined based on the number of pending variable presentations and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. selected. Specifically, there are "non-reach (short)" or "non-reach (long)" production modes in which "reach display" does not occur, and "normal reach" variable elements are executed as "reach display". "Normal Reach" production mode, "Super Reach" production mode that develops from the variable elements of "Normal Reach" and executes the variable elements of "Super Reach", and "Special Reach" that also develops from the variable elements of "Normal Reach". Five performance modes are selected, including the "Special Reach" performance mode in which the variable element of "" is executed.

Here, each performance mode will be explained in detail. Among the production modes, the "non-reach (short)" production mode and the "non-reach (long)" production mode are "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuations in each display area of the main display area of the third symbol display device 81. This is a performance mode in which the same third symbol does not stop in the left display area and the right display area after the element is performed, and the "reach display" does not occur.

The variable element of "high-speed variation" means that in the variation performance performed in the main display area of the third symbol display device 81, the third symbol displayed in each symbol column is scrolled at high speed downward in the vertical direction of the display screen. This refers to the variable elements that exist. In this "high-speed fluctuation", the third symbol is fluctuated so that the display contents of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player, and the stop results of the previously stopped fluctuating performance are irregularly mixed (shuffled). is executed as

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "high-speed variation" is performed, the variable element of "low-speed variation" is performed except for a specific production mode ("non-reach (short)" production mode). It is configured to be The variable element of "low-speed variation" refers to the variation element performed in the main display area of the third symbol display device 81, after the variable element of the above-mentioned "high-speed variation", the third symbol is displayed at a low speed at a speed that is visible to the player. A variable element that is scrolling. In this variable element of "low speed variation", the third symbols are stopped and displayed in the order of left symbol column → right symbol column → middle symbol column while making the player recognize the display contents of the third symbol. If the same third symbol stops in the left symbol row and right symbol row, it is assumed that a "reach display" has occurred and develops into a variable element of "normal reach", while a different third symbol in the left symbol row and right symbol row When it stops, the middle symbol row is stopped and displayed, and the fluctuating performance is ended (except when it develops into a "pseudo series" which will be described later).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (long)" performance mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, the "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, each symbol row stops in turn, and the 1 fluctuation The performance ends. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (short)" production mode, the "low speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is not performed after the "high speed fluctuation" is performed, and after the end of the "high speed fluctuation" fluctuation element, each symbol row is displayed at the same time. It stops, and the first variation effect ends.

Among the production modes, the "Normal Reach" production mode means that in the variable production of each symbol row in the main display area, the variable element of "Normal Reach" immediately after the same third symbol stops on the left and right symbol rows. is executed and is one of the production modes of "reach display" that does not develop into other "reach display", that is, the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach". As mentioned above, the variable element of this "normal reach" is that the third symbol that is stopped and displayed in the left symbol column (left display area) and right symbol column (right display area) of the main display area is enlarged compared to normal. will be displayed. Further, the third symbol in the middle symbol row (middle display area) is scrolled downward in the vertical direction of the display screen at a low speed, and the third symbol in the middle display area is displayed in a state where it can be visually recognized by the player. Furthermore, in this "normal reach" variable element, the sub-display area is erased (not shown) as the main display area is enlarged.

Among the production modes, the "super reach" production mode is one of the production modes of "reach display" in which variable elements of "super reach" are executed, which are developed from variable elements of "normal reach". In this "Super Reach" production mode, while the variable elements of "Super Reach" are being executed, the cockpit display area is erased from the display state of the variable elements of "Normal Reach", which was the cause of this "Reach Display". The reach forming symbol of the third symbol is displayed in a reduced size at the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display in the main display area changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of character designs are made to appear to perform "battle performance (for example, kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, the system is configured to suggest whether the variable performance is appropriate or not based on the result (win or loss) of the "battle performance". Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "battle effect," if the player's character symbol wins over the enemy's character symbol, the variable effect suggests that it will be a "jackpot display," and the player If the side's character pattern loses to the enemy's character pattern, the fluctuating performance is configured to indicate a "loss display."

Among the production modes, the "special reach" production mode is one of the production modes of "reach display" in which variable elements of "special reach" are executed, which are developed from variable elements of "normal reach". In this "Special Reach" production mode, while the "Special Reach" variable element is being executed, the cockpit display area is erased from the display state of the "Normal Reach" variable element, similar to the above-mentioned "Super Reach" variable element, The third symbol, the reach-forming symbol, which was the cause of this "reach display", is displayed in a reduced size at the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display in the main display area changes from the variable elements of "Normal Reach" and multiple characters different from the variable elements of "Super Reach" appear to create a "competitive effect (for example, a car race)". (not shown).

In the first embodiment, the system is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable performance based on the result (win or loss) of the "competitive performance". Specifically, for example, in the above-mentioned "competitive effect," if the player's character symbol wins over the opponent's character symbol, the player's If the side's character pattern loses to the enemy's character pattern, the fluctuating performance is configured to indicate a "loss display."

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the first ball entry port 64 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball entry port 64 (first special symbol). The jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first reservation first to fourth areas. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the second starting hole (starting prize), a second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 corresponding to the second starting hole (second special symbol) is placed in the second holding ball storage area 203e. It is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first to fourth reservation areas.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is referred to according to the validity of the variable performance, the current game state, and the number of currently pending variable performances (number of pending balls). The stop pattern table 202d is configured differently. That is, the stop pattern table 202d is provided with a plurality of types, and is configured to be selected depending on the number of variable performances on standby (number of pending balls), etc.

In addition, in the first embodiment, when determining the detailed fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation performance, first, based on the pending number table 202c provided in the ROM 202, the validity of the fluctuation performance, the current gaming state, and the current One of the stop pattern tables 202d corresponding to the number of variable effects (number of reserved balls) is selected. Then, based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, a rough performance mode of the variable performance is selected. Thereafter, a detailed variation pattern (variation time) of the variation performance is determined based on the selected performance mode and the value of a variation type counter CS1, which will be described later.

The plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of the random number value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 from which the performance mode is selected is different for each stop pattern table 202d. The reason why a plurality of stop pattern tables 202d are prepared is to change the selection ratio of the production mode of the variable production according to the propriety of the variation production, the game state, and the number of reserved balls. That is, (1) a jackpot occurs in the variation performance of the acquired third symbol, or (2) the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability variation state", "time reduction state", or "normal gaming state". This is to change the selection ratio of the production mode depending on whether there is one or not, and (3) how many balls are on hold for the variable production that is on hold.

The first reason for this is to change the degree of expectation of a jackpot for each production mode. In other words, the percentage of selection of "Non-reach" presentation mode, "Normal reach" presentation mode, "Super reach" presentation mode, and "Special reach" presentation mode when winning the jackpot lottery and when losing the jackpot lottery. By configuring the system to be different, the degree of expectation of a jackpot is changed for each performance mode. Specifically, for example, if you win the jackpot lottery, you can easily select the "super reach" presentation mode or the "special reach" presentation mode, and if you do not win the jackpot lottery, you can select the "non-reach" presentation mode. To make it easy to select a mode and a "normal reach" performance mode. By configuring this way, the "Super Reach" performance mode and the "Special Reach" performance mode can be made easy to hit the jackpot, while the "Normal Reach" production mode and the "Non-Reach" production mode are difficult to hit the jackpot. It is possible to create a performance or a performance that does not lead to a jackpot, and it is possible to differentiate the degree of expectation of a jackpot for each performance mode. Therefore, when a performance that is easy to hit a jackpot appears in a fluctuating performance, it is suggested to the player that there is a high possibility of a jackpot occurring while the performance that is easy to hit a jackpot is being performed, thereby increasing the interest of the game. There is.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the acquired lottery result is a jackpot, the variable production is based on the stop pattern table 202d that makes it easy to select a production that is easy to win a jackpot, and difficult to select a production that is difficult to hit a jackpot. The system is configured to select the presentation mode. On the other hand, when the acquired lottery result is a loss, the stop pattern table 202d is configured so that it is difficult to select a performance that is likely to lead to a jackpot, and it is easy to select a performance that is difficult to win a jackpot. As a result, when notifying the player of the lottery result of the third symbol in a variable performance, if a performance that is likely to lead to a jackpot is being executed, a jackpot is likely to occur with that variable performance, and a performance that is difficult to hit is executed. By making it difficult for a jackpot to occur in the fluctuating performance when the game is running, and by providing a difference in the expected jackpot value for each performance mode, it is possible to increase the interest of the game during the execution of the fluctuating performance.

In addition, the second reason is that the ball enters the first ball entrance 64 in a state where the number of times of waiting for the fluctuating performance of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, or the number of times of waiting for the fluctuating performance of the second special symbol is This is to reduce as much as possible the wasted balls (so-called non-drawing due to overflow winnings) based on balls entering the second starting port when the upper limit has been reached. To explain more specifically, the number of standby times for the fluctuating effects of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is each set at a maximum of 4 times, and since the fluctuating effects are executed for at least a certain period of time, the "probability" In the game state in which the ball is likely to enter the second starting port in the "fluctuation state", the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is easily reached. In these game states, if you select a variable performance with a long variation time, the ball will frequently enter the second starting port when the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol has been reached, and you will be forced to enter the second starting port. Even though the ball is entered, the lottery opportunity for the second special symbol cannot be obtained. In addition, even in the "normal game state", if you select a variable performance with a long variation time when the maximum number of balls reserved for the first special symbol has been reached, the first special symbol will be suspended during the execution of the variable performance. Since the number of balls is not used up, even if a ball enters the first ball entrance 64 during that time, a lottery opportunity for the first special symbol cannot be obtained. In such a state, the player determines that no gaming value can be obtained even if the ball enters the first ball entry port 64, and the variable effect is exhausted and the player is able to obtain the number of reserved balls again. The ball stops firing and the game is interrupted until the ball reaches the target. When the game is interrupted, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 decreases, which affects the management of the game hall (hall).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a game state in which the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) is easily reached, or a state where the maximum number of reserved balls is close to (or matches) Regarding the number of reserved pitches, the performance mode of the variable performance is selected based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a relatively short fluctuation time is likely to be selected. This prevents the ball from entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port when the maximum number of reserved balls for the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) has been reached. can.

Furthermore, the third reason is to maintain the state in which the fluctuating performance is being executed for a long time by setting a long execution time and delaying the end of the fluctuating performance. To be more specific, when the number of pending balls in a variable production is small (nonexistent), a new ball is inserted into either the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port within the variable time of the variable production in progress. If the ball is not released, the next variable performance cannot be started, and a demonstration screen or the like must be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. If the player does not perform a variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 even though he or she is playing a game by firing balls, the player may not be able to obtain the entertainment related to the jackpot lottery that the player is looking for. Suddenly, I get excited about the game. In addition, the player recognizes that the pachinko machine 10 is such that it is difficult for the ball to enter the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port because the variable performance is not performed on the third symbol display device 81, There is a possibility that the player may decide that it is a machine with which it is difficult to obtain gaming value and stop playing on that pachinko machine 10.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the production mode of the variable production based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a relatively long variation time is likely to be selected when the number of balls on hold for the variation production is small. has been done. Thereby, a situation in which the variable performance is not performed on the third symbol display device 81 is made difficult to occur, and the execution state of the variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained for a long time.

Here, details of the pending number table 202c will be described with reference to FIG. 34. FIG. 34 is a diagram schematically showing the pending number table 202c. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when performing a fluctuating performance based on a ball entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port, it is determined whether the fluctuation performance is appropriate or not; One of the stop pattern tables 202d1 to 202d3 is selected by referring to the pending number table 202c based on the gaming state at that point and the total pending number of variable effects of special symbols 1 and 2 at that point. It is composed of Then, a rough performance mode of the variable performance is determined based on one of the selected stop pattern tables 202d1 to 202d3 and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3.

Specifically, as shown in the pending number table 202c in FIG. 34, when a loss is extracted in the "normal game state" where a left-handed game is played, and the total number of pending balls is "1 to 3", Alternatively, when extracting a loss in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" where a right-handed game is played, and the total number of reserved balls is "1", the A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d (Fig. 35(a)) is selected.

In addition, when extracting a loss in the "normal game state" where a left-handed game is played and the number of reserved balls is "4 to 8", or when the number of balls held is "4 to 8", or in the "probability fluctuating state" where a right-handed game is played, When extracting a loss in the "shortened state" and the number of reserved balls is "2 to 8", the B table 202d2 (see FIG. 35(b)) of the stop pattern table 202d is selected.

Furthermore, when winning a jackpot, in any gaming state (i.e., "normal gaming state," "probability fluctuation state," or "time reduction state") and in any number of reserved balls (i.e., 1 to 8 balls). Even if there is, the C table 202d3 (see FIG. 35(c)) of the stop pattern table 202d is selected.

That is, if any jackpot is won, the stop pattern table 202d (C table 202d3) is selected based only on the type of jackpot, regardless of the number of reserved balls or the gaming state at that time, and the jackpot is won. Only when there is no such game (that is, when there is a loss), the stop pattern table 202d (A table 202d1 or B table 202d2) is selected based on the number of pending balls and the game state at that time.

Note that even when a jackpot is won, the stop pattern table 202d may be configured to differ depending on the number of reserved balls. For example, when winning a jackpot and there are many balls on hold, a relatively short variation pattern is likely to be selected in the stop pattern table 202d (for example, a "Super Reach" production mode where the variation element of "High Speed Variation" is 5 seconds, or " It may also be configured such that a "special reach" performance mode, etc.) can be selected.

In this case, in each production mode in which the "reach display" is executed, a production mode is selected in which only the time of the variable element of "high-speed variation" is changed from 10 seconds to only 5 seconds. By configuring in this way, for example, when starting a variation effect with the maximum number of reserved balls of the first special symbol being 4 times, even if the variation element of "high-speed variation" is performed in 5 seconds, At the time when the variable element of the 5-second "high-speed variation" ends (at the time when the variable element of the 5-second "high-speed variation" is recognized), a "reach display" may occur in the variation effect. Therefore, even if a variable element of 5 seconds of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, a production mode in which a "reach display" is executed other than the "non-reach (short)" production mode is configured to be executed. By doing so, at the time of execution of the variable element of "high-speed variation" for 5 seconds, it is not known whether the variation effect will be a jackpot or a loss.

Here, each stop pattern table 202d will be explained with reference to FIG. 35. FIG. 35(a) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d, and FIG. 35(b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of the B table 202d2 of the stop pattern table 202d. FIG. 35C is a diagram schematically showing an example of a C table 202d3 of the stop pattern table 202d.

As shown in FIG. 35(a), in the A table 202d1 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to each "non-reach (long)" performance mode is set to "0" to "74". , the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Normal Reach" production mode is set to "75" to "94", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Super Reach" production mode is set to "95" to "94". 97'', and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the ``Special Reach'' performance mode is set to ``98'' and ``99''. In addition, in the A table 202d1, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is not assigned to the "non-reach (short)" production mode, and the "non-reach (short)" production mode is set not to be selected. ing.

Next, as shown in FIG. 35(b), in the B table 202d2 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "non-reach (short)" production mode is "0" to "74". , the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Normal Reach" production mode is set to "75" to "94", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Super Reach" production mode is set to "95". ” to “97”, and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the “Special Reach” performance mode is set to “98, 99”. In addition, in the B table 202d2, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is not assigned to the "non-reach (long)" production mode, and the "non-reach (long)" production mode is set not to be selected. ing.

That is, in the A table 202d1, 75% of the production modes are "Non-reach (Long)", 20% are the "Normal reach" production modes, 3% are the "Super reach" production modes, and 2% are the "Special reach" production modes. It is set to be the selection ratio. In addition, in the B table 202d2, 75% of the performance modes are "Non-reach (short)", 20% are the "Normal reach" mode, 3% are the "Super reach" mode, and 2% are the "Special reach" mode. It is set to be the selection ratio.

Therefore, in the A table 202d1, the "non-reach (long)" production mode is selected, and in the B table 202d2, the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected instead of the "non-reach (long)" production mode. It is configured as follows.

Therefore, it can be said that the A table 202d1 tends to have a relatively long variation time of the selected variation effect compared to the B table 202d2. In other words, it can be said that the variation time of the selected variation effect is likely to be shorter in the B table 202d2 than in the A table 202d1.

Note that the selection ratios of the "normal reach" performance mode, "super reach" performance mode, and "special reach" performance mode are set to be the same for the A table 202d1 and the B table 202d2.

In this way, when a losing lottery result is extracted, the presentation mode of the variable presentation is selected based on the number of balls held in the pending variable presentation. For example, if the number of balls held in a variable performance is large, a "non-reach (short)" performance mode with a short variable performance time is selected. Thereby, when the number of balls on hold for the variable performance is large, the execution efficiency of the variable performance can be improved by shortening the execution time of the variable performance to be executed and increasing the number of times the variable performance is executed.

For example, if the number of pending balls in a variable production is small, in order to secure the time for the ball to enter the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port, the "non-reach (short)" production mode may be used. Select the "non-reach (long)" performance mode with a long variable performance time. As a result, it is possible to perform the "non-reach (long)" production mode, which has a longer variable production time than when the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected, so that the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port By making it easier to secure the time for the ball to enter the field and increasing the possibility that a new starting prize will occur during the execution time of the variable effect on the third symbol display device 81, the situation in which the variable effect is being executed can be improved. can be maintained.

In addition, in the first embodiment, the stop pattern table 202d that is selected based on the number of reserved balls of the variable effect is configured to be different when selecting the effect mode in the variable effect of a loss. Substantially the same performance mode is selected for determining the variable performance based on the time when the ball enters the ball at 64 or the second starting opening and when determining the variable performance based on the start of the variable performance based on the ball entering. It is configured.

Specifically, in the case of a losing variable performance, either the A table 202d1 or the B table 202d2 is selected based on the number of reserved balls of the variable performance, but the A table 202d1 and B table 202d2, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 assigned to the "non-reach (long)" production mode or the "non-reach (short)" production mode is the same, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 assigned to the other production mode is the same. The values of the stop pattern selection counters C3 are also set to be the same.

In other words, the only difference is whether the "non-reach (long)" production mode or the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected based on the number of pending pitches in the variable production. The same presentation mode is selected. Therefore, the production mode selected at the time of starting winning and the production mode selected at the start of fluctuation are substantially the same production mode even if the game state changes (for example, the number of reserved balls increases). is selected. As a result, even if a pre-read notice is given based on the performance mode selected at the time of winning the start, in the variable production that is the target of the pre-read notice, there will be no discrepancy with the contents of the pre-read notice. can be executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 35(c), in the C table 202d3 of the stop pattern table 202d, the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "normal reach" production mode is set to "0" to "4", The range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Super Reach" production mode is set to "5" to "39", and the range of the stop pattern selection counter C3 corresponding to the "Special Reach" production mode is set to "40" to " 99" is set. In addition, in the C table 202d3, the stop pattern table 202d is selected at the time of a jackpot, and since the "reach display" always occurs, each "non-reach" performance mode is not selected.

That is, in the C table 202d3, the selection ratio is set to be 5% for the "normal reach" presentation mode, 35% for the "super reach" presentation mode, and 60% for the "special reach" presentation mode.

Therefore, in the variable presentation when winning a jackpot, the selection rate is higher in the order of "Special Reach" presentation mode > "Super Reach" presentation mode > "Normal Reach" presentation mode, and in the variable presentation when losing a jackpot, the selection rate is higher in the order of "Normal Reach" presentation mode > The selection rate is set to increase in the order of "Super Reach" performance mode > "Special Reach" performance mode. Therefore, the jackpot expectation level when each "reach display" appears is that the probability that a jackpot display result will appear is higher in the order of "special reach" production mode > "super reach" production mode > "normal reach" production mode. It is configured so that Thereby, the degree of expectation for a jackpot can be shown to the player depending on the type of performance mode of the variable performance, and the player can enjoy the feeling of exhilaration at the jackpot depending on the performance mode of the executed variable performance.

From the above, the situation in which the game is being played is determined based on the propriety of the variable effect, the game state at that point, and the number of pending balls of the variable effect at that point. By shortening the execution time of the fluctuating performance and increasing the number of executions of the fluctuating performance based on the above, it is possible to select a performance mode that increases the execution efficiency of the fluctuating performance.

In addition, when the number of pending balls in the fluctuation effect is large (for example, "4") and the "reach display" is selected, the stop pattern in which the "high-speed fluctuation" effect element of each "reach display" is shortened will be displayed. A table 202d may also be provided. In addition, when the number of balls on hold in the fluctuating performance is large, a stop pattern table 202d may be provided in which the performance element of "low-speed fluctuation" is omitted in each performance mode. Further, a stop pattern table 202d may be provided in which the selection rate of each performance mode is completely different depending on the number of reserved balls in the variable performance. However, in cases where the selection rate of each performance mode differs depending on the number of pending pitches in a variable production, when performing a pre-read notice, the number of pending balls at the time of the decision to execute the pre-read notice and the target of the pre-read notice will be determined. The number of balls held during execution of a variable effect may be different. In such a case, a process is required to maintain consistency between the content of the pre-read notice and the content of the variable effect, which makes the process complicated.

Returning to FIG. 31, the explanation will be continued. The variation type counter CS1 is configured such that it is incremented by "1" sequentially within the range of "0 to 9", for example, and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "9"). The value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated once every time a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), which will be described later, is executed once, and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 43). Then, at the timing when the ball enters the first ball entry port 64 (starting winning), the ball is placed in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the first ball entry port 64 (first special symbol). The jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation area in which the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first reservation first to fourth areas. Also, at the timing when the ball enters the second starting hole (starting prize), a second holding ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 corresponding to the second starting hole (second special symbol) is placed in the second holding ball storage area 203e. It is stored in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reservation area where the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored among the first to fourth reservation areas.

This variation type counter CS1 is used to determine the detailed variation pattern of the variation effect. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 uses the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202 to perform detailed processing in the performance mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3. Determine the fluctuation pattern. Determining the fluctuation pattern is specifically determining the fluctuation time of the fluctuation performance. The audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 change the reach type and detailed pattern of the third symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on the variation pattern (variation time) determined by the variation type counter CS1. The variation mode is determined, and whether or not to execute the preview performance and the execution mode of the preview performance are determined.

In this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects a rough variation pattern of the variation performance and determines only the variation time. With this configuration, there is no need for the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to control detailed advance notice lottery etc. necessary for executing the variable effect, so the processing of the MPU 201 regarding the variable effect can be reduced. can. Further, it is no longer necessary to prepare commands for all the variation patterns of the variation effect in the main control device 110, and the ROM capacity of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

In addition, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 determine detailed fluctuation patterns in the fluctuation performance based on the fluctuation time (rough fluctuation pattern) determined by the main control device 110, thereby controlling the fluctuation performance. You can increase your freedom of choice. Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 where the gaming state changes from moment to moment, it becomes possible to select or change the production content of the variable production at any time in response to the change, and it is possible to execute an appropriate production according to the gaming state. can.

Here, details of the variation pattern table 202e will be explained with reference to FIGS. 36 and 37. This pachinko machine 10 includes, as a variable pattern table 202e, a variable pattern table 202e1 for loss, which is commonly used in all game states when the first special symbol and the second special symbol are a loss, and a variable pattern table 202e1 for loss, which is commonly used in all gaming states. A jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 is prepared which is commonly used in all gaming states when the second special symbol is a jackpot.

Specifically, the "E0: Non-reach (long)" performance mode that is referred to when the "Non-reach (long)" production mode is determined as the performance mode in the event of a loss, and the "Non-reach (short)" production mode. One for "E1: Non-reach (short)" which is referred to when the mode is determined, one for "E2: Normal reach" which is referred to when the "normal reach" production mode is determined, and one for the "super reach" production mode. It is divided into "E3: Super Reach", which is referred to when the "Special Reach" presentation mode is determined, and "E4: Special Reach", which is referred to when the "Special Reach" presentation mode is determined. In addition, as the performance mode at the time of a jackpot, there is one for "E5: Normal reach" that is referred to when the "Normal reach" production mode is decided, and "E6: Super that is referred to when the "Super reach" production mode is decided. and "E7: Special Reach", which is referred to when the "Special Reach" performance mode is determined. Then, the value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each of the divided groups.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in a holding area with the first holding ball storage area 203d corresponding to the first special symbol or the second holding ball storage area 203e corresponding to the second special symbol. If the value is not a jackpot value (jackpot random value), that is, if it is a loss value, refer to the pending number table 202c and check the gaming status at that point and the pending balls at that point. The stop pattern table 202d is selected based on the number and the stop pattern table 202d, and the performance mode is selected based on the stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the same holding area. Then, a group (group) to be referred to in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 is determined based on the selected performance mode. In the group (group) of the losing variation pattern table 202e1, the variation pattern (variation time) associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the same holding area is the one in the variation performance held in the holding area. Determined as a fluctuation pattern.

Here, each variable element making up the variation pattern will be explained. A variable element constitutes a part of one variable effect, and one variable effect is constructed by combining each variable element. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable elements include a "high speed variation" variation element, a "low speed variation" variation element, a "pseudo variation" variation element, a "normal reach" variation element, and a "super reach" variation element. A variable element, a "special reach" variable element, and a "re-variation" variable element are provided.

The "high-speed variation" variation element is a variation element that scrolls and varies at high speed so that the content of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player. This variable element of "high-speed variation" is performed for "5 seconds" at the beginning of the variation performance when the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected, and the variation element other than "non-reach (short)" For example, if the performance mode "Non-reach (Long)" is selected, the variable performance is performed for "10 seconds" at the beginning. In addition, when the variable element of this "high-speed variation" ends, the variable element of "low-speed variation" to be described later is started (executed), or the variation effect ends as it is.

The variable element of "low-speed variation" starts after the execution of the variable element of "high-speed variation" of "10 seconds", and determines whether or not to scroll the third symbol to make it visible and generate a "reach display". It is a variable element that can be shown. This variable element of "low speed fluctuation" is not executed when the "non-reach (short)" performance mode is selected, and is not executed when the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected (for example, "non-reach (long)" )" effect mode) is selected, it is performed for "5 seconds" after the variable element of "high-speed variation." That is, in the "non-reach (short)" performance mode, after the "high-speed fluctuation" variation element is performed, each symbol row in the main display area quickly stops (without passing through the "slow-speed fluctuation" variation element). It is configured to have a so-called "bitter stop". In addition, if the variable element of this "low speed fluctuation" ends, will the variable element of "pseudo fluctuation" described later start (execution) or the variable element of "normal reach" described later start (execute)? , or the variable performance is configured to end immediately.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (long)" performance mode includes the variable element of "high-speed variation" of "10 seconds" and the variable element of "low-speed variation" of "5 seconds". A variable performance is composed of the included variation patterns. In addition, in the "non-reach (short)" performance mode, the fluctuation performance is configured with a fluctuation pattern of only the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" of "5 seconds".

The variable element of "pseudo variation" is a variable element in which the start of the variation effect occurs multiple times (the pseudo stop occurs once) in one variation effect. Specifically, in each symbol row of the third symbol display device 81, the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is started and switched to the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation", and then the fluctuation effect in all the symbol rows is finished. This is a variable element in which a unit performance is performed in which a predetermined stop result (for example, pseudo consecutive chance number "677") is displayed. The fluctuation element of this "pseudo fluctuation" is caused by the above predetermined stop result stopping after the fluctuation element of "low speed fluctuation", and the fluctuation element of "high speed fluctuation" starts again from that stop result, as if it were once again. A performance is executed as if a variable performance had started.

The variable element of this "pseudo fluctuation" is such that a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo consecutive chance) appears after the execution of the variable element of "low speed fluctuation", and the variable element of "high speed fluctuation" is executed again for the second time. , which is a variable element that then develops into a variable element of "normal reach". In other words, the variable element of "pseudo fluctuation" is a pseudo fluctuation stop (hereinafter referred to as "pseudo stop") in which a pseudo consecutive chance is displayed, and then a predetermined stop result is achieved in that pseudo stop. This is a variable element that appears and starts the variable element of "high-speed variation" again. The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that after the end of this "pseudo fluctuation" fluctuation element, it always develops into at least a "normal reach" fluctuation element. The variation element of this "pseudo variation" is performed "10 seconds" after the variation element of the "low speed variation".

In addition, in the first embodiment, the number of pseudo stops is set to one in the variable element of "pseudo variation", but the number of pseudo stops is changed to execute the variable element of "pseudo variation" in which the number of pseudo stops is performed twice or more. may be configured. Furthermore, it may be configured to perform a variable element (a so-called "pseudo false" variable element) that indicates whether or not the pseudo consecutive chances will stop before the variable element of the "pseudo variation" occurs. . In this "pseudo false" variable element, the effect of whether or not a predetermined stop result will appear after the execution of the "low speed change" variable element (for example, if the symbol forming the above predetermined stop result appears is on the active line) It may be configured such that the predetermined stopping result does not appear and the variable element of "pseudo fluctuation" does not develop in the performance. By providing a variable element of this "pseudo false", after the variable element of the "pseudo false" ends, it will develop into a variable element of "normal reach", or a "loss display" will appear (for example, "687 ”) and the variable performance ends as it is.

The variable elements of "normal reach" are the variable elements of "low speed fluctuation" or the variable elements of "pseudo fluctuation" (hereinafter, the "variable elements of "low speed fluctuation" or the fluctuation elements of "pseudo fluctuation""), It is a variable element that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur depending on the fluctuation result of the middle symbol column when reach-forming symbols are stopped and displayed in the left symbol column and right symbol column. . This "normal reach" variation element is performed "5 seconds" after the "low speed variation, etc." variation element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "normal reach" is executed, there is a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a pattern that directly displays a "super reach". There is a pattern that develops into a variable element, a pattern that develops into a variable element of "Special Reach", and a pattern that executes a variable element of "re-variation" after a temporary "loss display" appears. has been done.

The variable element of "Super Reach" is developed and executed when the fluctuation of the middle symbol row continues without stopping the "loss display" in the variable element of "Normal Reach", and the "Battle Effect" is displayed in the main display area. This is a variable element that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur when you do this. This "super reach" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "super reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a temporary A pattern is prepared in which the variable element of "revariation" is executed after the "loss display" appears.

The variable element of "Special Reach" is developed and executed when the "loss display" does not stop and the fluctuation of the middle symbol row continues in the variable element of "Normal Reach", and the "competitive effect" is executed in the main display area. This is a variable element that shows whether or not a jackpot will occur when you do this. This "special reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "Special Reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays a "loss display", a pattern that directly displays a "jackpot display", and a temporary A pattern is prepared in which the "re-variation" occurs after the "loss display" appears.

Note that the configuration is such that after the execution of the variable element of "Normal Reach", the variable element of "Super Reach" or the variable element of "Special Reach" develops, but instead of this configuration, reach formation is performed after "Slow Variation". When the symbol stops, it may be configured so that it suddenly develops into a "super reach" variable element or a "special reach" variable element without passing through the "normal reach" variable element. Further, the variable element of "Special Reach" may be configured to be executed after the variable element of "Super Reach" is executed.

The variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that is developed and executed after a "loss display" once appears in any "reach display", and a "jackpot display" appears. The variable element of this "re-variation" is performed for "5 seconds" after any "reach display".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern is prepared in which a "jackpot display" appears after the variable element of "re-variation" is executed.

Further, the variable element of this "re-variation" is configured to occur only when a jackpot is won. That is, in the case of "loss indication", the variable element of "re-variation" is configured not to be executed. This is because the variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that changes the temporarily displayed "losing display" to one of the "jackpot displays", so if the "losing display" does not win the jackpot If you go to that, there will be a discrepancy in the production. Therefore, the variable element of this "re-variation" is selected only in the variation pattern table 202e for jackpots, and is configured not to be selected in the variation pattern table 202e for loses.

As shown in FIG. 36, in the losing fluctuation pattern table 202e1 that is referred to when losing, "E0: Non-reach (long)" includes "High-speed fluctuation (long)" with a total fluctuation time of "15 seconds". One variation pattern (variation time) consisting of the variation element of +variation element of "low-speed variation" (variation time; hereinafter, it is naturally possible to replace "variation pattern" with "variation time") is prepared. Note that in the following description of each variable element regarding the variation patterns in FIGS. 36 and 37, the term "variable element" will be omitted for convenience of explanation.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the variation pattern in "E0: non-reach (long)" and the value of the variation type counter CS1 is "high-speed variation (long)" + "slow variation". 0 to 9", and only "'High-speed fluctuation (long)' + 'Slow-speed fluctuation'" can be selected.

That is, when the "non-reach (long)" performance mode is selected in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 that is referred to when executing the variation performance in any gaming state at the time of the loss lottery, all values that the variation type counter CS1 can take are selected. (“0 to 9”) is associated with “high-speed fluctuation (long)” + “low-speed fluctuation”. In other words, in the case of the "non-reach (long)" performance mode in the fluctuation performance, "'high speed fluctuation (long)' + 'slow fluctuation'" is always selected as the fluctuation pattern.

As shown in FIG. 36, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "low-speed fluctuation" is the first half of the "pseudo fluctuation", in which a chance eye development pattern appears, and then a chance eye pattern appears. The structure is configured to be the same as the variation time of the "pseudo series" performance that indicates whether or not to appear, and is configured so that the "low speed variation" can be replaced with "pseudo variation" on the audio lamp control device 113 side. There is.

Specifically, for example, when the main controller 110 selects "'high-speed fluctuation (long)' + 'slow-speed fluctuation'" and this is transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113, the audio lamp controller 110 113, in the variation performance of the third symbol display device 81, "high-speed variation (long)" + "low-speed variation" or "high-speed variation (long)" + "pseudo variation" as transmitted. It is configured so that it can be selected and executed. With this configuration, it is possible to execute more effects than the type of variable time selected by the main control device 110, and while increasing the variety of effects, the number of variable times stored in the main control device 110 can be reduced. Therefore, the storage capacity of the ROM 202 can be reduced.

Next, in the loss variation pattern table 202e1, one variation pattern of "only high-speed variation (short)" with a total variation time of "5 seconds" is prepared for "E1: Non-reach (short)". ing.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E1: Non-reach (short)" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "0 to 9" for "only "high-speed fluctuation (short)". It is set so that only ``High-speed fluctuation (short)'' can be selected.

That is, when the "non-reach (short)" production mode is selected in the loss variation pattern table 202e1 that is referred to when executing the variation production in any gaming state during the loss lottery, all values that the variation type counter CS1 can take are selected. (“0 to 9”) is associated with ““High-speed fluctuation (short)” only”. In other words, in the case of the "non-reach (short)" performance mode in the fluctuation performance, "only "high-speed fluctuation (short)" is always selected as the fluctuation pattern.

Next, in the loss variation pattern table 202e1, "E2: Normal reach" includes "High-speed variation (long)" + "Slow variation" + "Normal reach" with a total variation time of "20 seconds", and Two fluctuation patterns are available for selection: "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" with a fluctuation time of "30 seconds" The value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each variation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E2: Normal reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach". 0 to 6'' and ``7 to 9'' for ``high-speed fluctuation (long)'' + ``pseudo fluctuation'' + ``high-speed fluctuation (short)'' + ``slow fluctuation'' + ``normal reach.''

In other words, in the "Normal Reach" production mode when losing, the fluctuation pattern of "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" is 70%, and "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Low-speed fluctuation" + "Normal reach" fluctuation pattern is set to be selected at a rate of 30%. Therefore, in a variation performance that includes the production element of "normal reach" that is selected when losing, the variation pattern of "high-speed variation (long)" + "slow variation" + "normal reach" is more likely to be selected (70%). There is.

Next, in the loss fluctuation pattern table 202e1, "E3: Super Reach" includes "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" with a total fluctuation time of "30 seconds", Two fluctuation patterns are selected: "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" with a total fluctuation time of "40 seconds" The value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each variation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in the "E4: Super reach" performance mode and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is ""High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach""" "0-7" for "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" "8,9", It becomes.

In other words, in the "super reach" performance mode when losing, the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "low speed fluctuation" + "super reach" is 80%, and the fluctuation pattern of "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "pseudo reach" is 80%. The variation pattern of "variation" + "high-speed variation (short)" + "slow variation" + "super reach" is set to be selected at a rate of 20%. Therefore, in the "super reach" performance mode selected when losing, the variation pattern of ""high speed variation (long)" + "low speed variation" + "super reach"" is likely to be selected.

Next, in the losing variation pattern table 202e1, "E4: Special reach" includes "'High-speed variation (long)' + 'Slow variation' + 'Special reach'" with a total variation time of "40 seconds", Two fluctuation patterns are selected: "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" with a total fluctuation time of "50 seconds" The value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each variation pattern.

In the example shown in FIG. 36, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E4: Special reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "special reach". "0-8" for "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach"" is "9". .

In other words, in the "Special Reach" performance mode when losing, the fluctuation pattern of "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" is 90%, and the fluctuation pattern of "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo reach" is 90%. The variation pattern of "variation" + "high-speed variation (short)" + "pseudo variation" + "special reach" is set to be selected at a rate of 10%. Therefore, in the "Special Reach" performance mode that is selected when losing, the variation pattern of "'High Speed Variation (Long)' + 'Low Speed Variation' + 'Special Reach'" is likely to be selected.

Although the fluctuation pattern at the time of loss is selected using only the fluctuation type counter CS1, it may be selected using a plurality of fluctuation type counters together (selecting whether or not to display a notice, etc.).

Next, with reference to FIG. 37, the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 will be described. FIG. 37 is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 is divided into groups based on the selected performance mode.

Specifically, the production mode is "E5: Normal reach" which is referred to when the "Normal reach" production mode is determined, and "E6: Super which is referred to when the "Super reach" production mode is determined. and "E7: Special Reach", which is referred to when the "Special Reach" performance mode is determined. Then, the value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each of the divided groups.

When the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is a value that results in a jackpot (jackpot random number), the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area and the gaming state at the time of starting winning. The stop pattern table 202d is selected based on and, and the performance mode is selected based on the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the same holding area and the stop pattern table 202d. Then, a group (group) to be referred to in the jackpot variation pattern table 202e2 is determined based on the performance mode. In the group of the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, the fluctuation pattern associated with the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the holding area is determined as the fluctuation pattern in the fluctuation performance held in the holding area. be done.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E5: Normal reach" includes "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" with a total fluctuation time of "20 seconds" and the total fluctuation time. "High-speed variation (long)" + "Slow variation" + "Normal reach" + "Re-variation" with a total variation time of "25 seconds" and "High-speed variation (long)" with a total variation time of "30 seconds" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach"" and "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation" with a total fluctuation time of "35 seconds" Four fluctuation patterns are available for selection: "Fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" + "Re-fluctuation", and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is associated with each fluctuation pattern. There is.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E5: Normal reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach". 0'', ``1, 2'' for ``High-speed fluctuation (long)'' + ``Slow fluctuation'' + ``Normal reach'' + ``Re-variation'''', ``High-speed fluctuation (long)'' + ``Pseudo fluctuation'' + `` "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Low-speed fluctuation" + "Normal reach" "3-5", ""High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" ” + “Normal reach” + “Re-variation” is “6 to 9”.

In other words, in the "Normal Reach" production mode when hitting a jackpot, the variation pattern of "High-speed variation (long)" + "Slow variation" + "Normal reach" is 10%, and "High-speed variation (long)" + "Slow variation" + "Normal reach" + "Re-variation" fluctuation pattern is 20%, "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" fluctuation pattern The pattern is 30%, and the variation pattern of "'High-speed variation (long)' + 'Pseudo variation' + 'High-speed variation (short)' + 'Slow variation'" + 'Normal reach' + 'Re-variation' is 40%. is set to be selected.

Therefore, in the "Normal Reach" production mode selected at the time of a jackpot, "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Normal reach" + "Re-fluctuation" The variation pattern is more likely to be selected (40% of the total). However, "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "normal reach", "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "normal reach" + "re-variation", "high-speed fluctuation" By configuring it so that ``(long)'' + ``pseudo fluctuation'' + ``high-speed fluctuation (short)'' + ``slow fluctuation'' + ``normal reach'' are also selected, the gameplay allows you to expect a jackpot from any fluctuation pattern. Can be provided.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E6: Super reach" includes "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "super reach" with a total fluctuation time of "30 seconds", and the overall fluctuation time of "30 seconds". "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-variation" with a fluctuation time of "35 seconds" and "high-speed fluctuation (long)" with a total fluctuation time of "40 seconds" )" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach"" and "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" with a total fluctuation time of "45 seconds" ” + “High-speed fluctuation (short)” + “Slow fluctuation” + “Super reach” + “Re-fluctuation” are available for selection, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is set for each fluctuation pattern. are associated.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E6: Super Reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach". "0, 1", "2-4" for "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" + "Re-variation", "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + " "5,6" for "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach", "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "Fast fluctuation (short)" )"+"slow fluctuation"+"super reach"+"re-fluctuation"" is "7-9".

In other words, in the "Super Reach" performance mode when hitting a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern of "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" is 20%, and the fluctuation pattern of "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow speed fluctuation" is 20%. The variation pattern of "Fluctuation" + "Super reach" + "Re-variation" is 30%, "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" "' fluctuation pattern is 20%, and the fluctuation pattern of ''high-speed fluctuation (long)' + 'pseudo fluctuation' + 'high-speed fluctuation (short)' + 'slow fluctuation' + 'super reach' + 're-variation'" is 20%. It is set to be selected at a rate of 30%.

Therefore, in the "Super Reach" performance mode selected at the time of a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern that includes the "re-fluctuation" performance element (i.e. "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super Reach" + "Re-fluctuation") "Fluctuation" and "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" + "Re-fluctuation") are likely to be selected (overall 60%). However, variation patterns that do not include the production element of "re-variation" (i.e. "high-speed variation (long)" + "slow variation" + "super reach") or "high-speed variation (long)" + "pseudo variation" + ``High-speed fluctuation (short)'' + ``Low-speed fluctuation'' + ``Super reach'') can be configured so that a jackpot can be expected from any fluctuation pattern.

In the jackpot fluctuation pattern table 202e2, "E7: Special reach" includes "high speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "special reach" with a total fluctuation time of "40 seconds", and the total fluctuation time of "40 seconds". "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "low-speed fluctuation" + "special reach" + "re-variation" with a fluctuation time of "45 seconds" and "high-speed fluctuation (long)" with a total fluctuation time of "50 seconds" )" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach"" and "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" with a total fluctuation time of "55 seconds" ” + “High-speed fluctuation (short)” + “Slow fluctuation” + “Special reach” + “Re-fluctuation” are available for selection, and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is set for each fluctuation pattern. are associated.

In the example shown in FIG. 37, the correspondence between the fluctuation pattern in "E7: Special reach" and the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 is "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "special reach". "0-2", "3, 4" for "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" + "Re-variation", "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + " "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" is "5-7", "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" )"+"low speed fluctuation"+"special reach"+"re-variation"" is "8,9".

In other words, in the "Special Reach" performance mode at the time of a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern of "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" is 30%, "High speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow speed fluctuation" is 30% The variation pattern of "Fluctuation" + "Special reach" + "Re-variation" is 20%, "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High-speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Special reach" "' fluctuation pattern is 30%, and the fluctuation pattern of ''high-speed fluctuation (long)' + 'pseudo fluctuation' + 'high-speed fluctuation (short)' + 'slow fluctuation' + 'special reach' + 're-fluctuation'" is 30%. It is set to be selected at a rate of 20%.

Therefore, in the "Super Reach" performance mode selected at the time of a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern that does not include the "re-fluctuation" performance element (i.e., "High-speed fluctuation (long)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super Reach"), etc. , "'High-speed fluctuation (long)' + 'Pseudo fluctuation' + 'High-speed fluctuation (short)' + 'Slow fluctuation' + 'Super reach'") is more likely to be selected (60% of the total). However, fluctuation patterns that include the production element of "re-fluctuation" (i.e. "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + "slow fluctuation" + "super reach" + "re-fluctuation") or "high-speed fluctuation (long)" + A game where you can expect a jackpot from any fluctuation pattern by configuring it so that "Pseudo fluctuation" + "High speed fluctuation (short)" + "Slow fluctuation" + "Super reach" + "Re-fluctuation") are also selected. can provide sex.

In this way, by configuring the system so that a relatively long variation pattern is likely to be selected when a jackpot has been won, the entertainment of the game can be improved by enriching the content of the variation production in which a jackpot occurs. be able to. In addition, if you have not won a jackpot, that is, if you lose, the structure is configured so that a relatively short variation pattern is likely to be selected, so that the content of the variation effect in the case of a loss is shortened, and the variation effect is changed. Can be digested efficiently.

Although the fluctuation pattern at the time of a jackpot is determined using only the fluctuation type counter CS1, it may be configured to be determined using a plurality of other fluctuation type counters. For example, whether or not to add a preview effect that foretells the start of a jackpot or the start of a "reach display" before or during a change effect may be determined by another change type counter, or when a reach is achieved, , it may be determined by another variation type counter how many symbols are shifted from the third symbol to be stopped at the end (for example, one symbol is shifted before or after losing, etc.).

In addition, in the fluctuation pattern table for jackpot 202e2, a fluctuation pattern common to the fluctuation pattern that can be selected in the fluctuation pattern table for loss 202e1 is configured to be selected, but a unique fluctuation pattern that can be selected only in the fluctuation pattern table for jackpot 202e2 is It may be configured to provide a variation pattern. In addition, although the configuration is such that the fluctuation pattern can be selected regardless of the jackpot type, a unique fluctuation pattern is provided that is selected only for a predetermined jackpot type (for example, a jackpot type that can cause a "probability fluctuation state"). It may be configured as follows.

Furthermore, among the production modes selected by the main control device 110, a production mode may be provided in which a variable element of "pseudo fluctuation" in which the number of pseudo stops (number of chance pattern stops) is performed twice or more is executed. . Alternatively, the variable element of the "pseudo fluctuation" may not be executed, but a chance pattern may appear in the variable element of the "slow fluctuation", thereby developing a "pseudo series" effect.

Returning to FIG. 31, the explanation will be continued. The common figure counter C4 is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in sequence within the range of "0 to 99", for example, and returns to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "99"). Moreover, when the counter C4 per general figure completes one round, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the counter C4 per normal figure.

The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the counter C4 per common map (value = "0 to 99"), and is updated once every timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 38). It is updated twice and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main processing (see FIG. 43).

The value of the counter C4 per normal pattern is updated, for example, periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38)), and when the ball enters the second ball entrance 67 (hereinafter referred to as "through gate"), At the timing when it is detected that the ball has passed through (sometimes referred to as ``67''), the ball is placed in any of the first to fourth areas for holding balls provided in the ball storage area 203g of the RAM 203. Stored. Then, the data is sequentially shifted to the normal pattern held ball execution area 203h in the order stored in the normal pattern held ball storage area 203g, and the value of the normal pattern per hit counter C4 stored in the normal pattern held ball execution area 203h is to determine the hit.

The value of the random number that becomes a hit for a normal symbol is set by a random number table for a normal symbol (not shown) stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 for each gaming state (for example, "1/10" in a low probability state, "9/10") in the high probability state, and the value of the normal pattern winning counter C4 stored in the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203h is the random number value set by the normal pattern random number table. If it matches, it is determined to be a hit. Then, the normal symbol fluctuation table (not shown) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is referred to according to the gaming state, and the variable display time of the normal symbol (for example, "3 seconds" or "0.5 seconds") is referred to. ") is set, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83, the "○" symbol is displayed as a stop symbol (normal symbol) by lighting up. Thereafter, the normal electric role release table (not shown) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is referred to according to the gaming state, and the electric role model 64a (hereinafter may be referred to as the "normal electric role 64a") ) The opening time (for example, "0.5 seconds" or "5 seconds") of the rotating plate is set, and during the opening time, the rotating plate rotates, and during that time, the upper surface of the rotating plate is The ball is configured to be able to roll.

On the other hand, if the value of the normal pattern winning counter C4 stored in the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203h does not match the value of the random number that is a hit set by the normal pattern random number table, it is determined that it is a loss. . Then, a variable display time (for example, "3 seconds" or "0.5 seconds") is set by referring to the normal symbol fluctuation table according to the gaming state, and after the variable display time has elapsed on the normal symbol display device 83. , an "x" symbol is displayed in a lit state as a stop symbol (normal symbol).

The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured such that variations in the probability of winning or failing the normal symbols, the variable display time of the normal symbols, and the opening time of the rotating plate of the normal electric winning combination 64a are different depending on each game state. . Specifically, for example, in the "normal game state" which does not have the "time saving function", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbols is low, the variable display time of the normal symbols is long, and the rotating board is The opening time is set to be short. In addition, in the "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" which has a "time function", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the rotating plate is opened. The time is set to be long.

In this way, the RAM 203 of the main controller 110 is provided with various counters, and the ROM 202 of the main controller 110 is provided with various tables. According to each of the tables 202a to 202e described above, the pachinko machine performs jackpot lottery, dynamic display and variable performance settings on the special symbol display device 37 and third symbol display device 81, and display result lottery on the normal symbol display device 83. Ten main operations can be performed.

Returning to FIG. 30, the explanation will be continued. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 9, the RAM 203 of the main controller 110 includes a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, and various flags. It also has a work area (work area) in which values of counters, input/output (hereinafter abbreviated as "I/O"), etc. are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured to be able to retain (back up) data by being supplied with backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

When the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power outage or the like, the stack pointer and the values of each register at the time of the power cutoff (including when the power cut occurs; the same applies hereinafter) are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power-on due to resolution of a power outage; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off, based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 43) when the power is turned off, and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed during the start-up process when the power is turned on (see FIG. 42). Note that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input to the non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter abbreviated as "NMI") terminal of the MPU 201 when the power is cut off due to an occurrence of a power failure, etc. When the power outage signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, NMI interrupt processing (see FIG. 44) is immediately executed as processing at the time of power outage.

The RAM 203 further includes a first held ball counter 203a, a second held ball counter 203b, a first held ball storage area 203d, a second held ball storage area 203e, a held ball execution area 203f, and a regular ball storage area 203g. , has at least a general ball holding ball execution area 203h.

The first held ball counter 203a is configured to measure the number of balls entering the first ball entrance 64 (hereinafter referred to as The dynamic display of the first special symbol (the third This is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of times of standby) of the variable performance of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol performed on the symbol display device 81 up to four times.

This first reserved ball counter 203a is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S1713 in FIG. 42). Then, each time a starting winning into the first ball entrance 64 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the first special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (Fig. (See S1203 of 39). On the other hand, the first reserved ball counter 203a is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variable effect) of the first special symbol is executed (see S1308 in FIG. 40).

The second held ball counter 203b, like the first held ball number counter 203a, has a second start detected during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is periodically executed every "4 milliseconds". Based on the starting winning in the mouth, dynamic display of the second special symbol performed on the special symbol display device 37 (variable display of the third symbol corresponding to the second special symbol performed on the third symbol display device 81) This is a counter that counts the number of balls on hold (number of times on standby) up to four times.

Like the first reserved pitch number counter 203a, the second reserved pitch number counter 203b is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S1713 in FIG. 42). Then, each time a starting prize into the second starting hole is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the second special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (see Fig. 39). (See S1207). On the other hand, the second reserved ball counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variable effect) of the second special symbol is executed (see S1305 in FIG. 40).

The value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) or the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (i.e., the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol) is determined by the number of reserved balls command The audio lamp control device 113 is notified by (see S1210 in FIG. 39). The held ball number command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp control device 113 every time a starting prize is detected and the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b is incremented by 1. This is a command.

The audio lamp control device 113 receives the number of reserved balls command from the main control device 110, and displays the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of the first special symbol or the second special symbol reserved in the main control device 110. You can get the value of the number itself. Thereby, in the audio lamp control device 113, it is possible to manage the number of times the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of each special symbol is held without accessing the main control device 110. In addition, each time a starting prize is detected, a command for the number of reserved balls is sent from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, thereby dynamically displaying (variable) each special symbol managed in the audio lamp controller 113. Even if the number of balls on hold for the actual dynamic display (fluctuation effect) deviates from the number of balls on hold for the actual dynamic display (fluctuation effect) held in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise, etc., the number of balls on hold for the next received ball The deviation can be corrected using the pitch count command.

Note that the audio lamp control device 113 transmits a display held pitch number command for notifying the number of held balls to the display control device 114 every time the number of held balls managed therein changes. The display control device 114 displays a reserved symbol in the cockpit display area of the third symbol display device 81 based on the number of reserved balls notified by this display reserved pitch number command.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 transmits a held ball number command to the audio lamp control device 113, in the held ball number command, the first held ball number counter 203a incremented by 1 or the Along with the above-mentioned starting prize that triggered the addition of not only the value of the second reserved pitch number counter 203b but also the first reserved pitch number counter 203a or the second reserved pitch number counter 203b, the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 31) It also includes the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 obtained from the above.

That is, when there is a starting prize, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the main controller 110 are A number of commands are transmitted to the audio lamp controller 113.

In the audio lamp control device 113, the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1, which are transmitted by the number of reserved balls command, are used to execute a fluctuation performance based on the respective values. It reads ahead before executing the variable performance and determines how the variable performance will turn out (whether it will be a jackpot or not, what will be the variable time, etc.) before executing the variable performance. Then, based on the results of the pre-read judgment, it is possible to decide on the execution of various effects, and to determine the effect contents and execution timing of the "pending change notice".

In addition, the number of pending balls command indicating the number of pending balls for the variable performance and the command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 etc. may be transmitted separately. As a command that indicates the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, etc., which is different from the held ball number command, a held ball number command is generated at the timing of the ball entering the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port, and the command that indicates the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 etc. It may be configured to generate commands similar to the variation pattern command and stop type command based on ball entry (pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) and send them to the audio lamp control device 113. In this case, regarding the program for generating the pre-variation pattern command and the pre-stop type command, by reusing the program of the variation pattern command and the stop type command, it is possible to facilitate the creation of the program.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d stores the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the stop pattern selection counter acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of starting winnings into the first ball entrance 64. C3 and a memory for storing each value of the variation type counter CS1. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the first ball entrance 64 (starting winning) during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), the MPU 201 reads the values of each counter C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer 203c. is acquired and stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. The first reserved ball storage area 203d has four reserved balls so that the data (each value of counters C1 to C3, CS1) corresponding to the first special symbol 1 starting winning can be stored (reserved) for up to four times. It has areas (first reservation areas 1 to 4) (see FIG. 31).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e contains the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, which are acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of a starting prize into the second starting opening. This is a memory for storing each value of the variation type counter CS1. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has entered the second starting hole (starting winning) during the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), it acquires the values of each counter C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer 203c. and stores it in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. The second reserved ball storage area 203e has four reserved balls so that the data (values of counters C1 to C3, CS1) corresponding to the first winning of the second special symbol can be stored (reserved) up to four times. It has areas (second reservation first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 31).

As described above, the reserved ball execution area 203f is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol that starts execution or is being executed, or the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. This is a memory for storing data (values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referred to in processes such as displaying targets and setting variable effects.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the timing to start executing the variable performance of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the MPU 201 performs the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display. In order to execute processes such as dynamic display and variable performance settings of the device 81, data corresponding to each starting prize stored in the first held ball storage area 203d or the second held ball storage area 203e described above ( Among the values of counters C1 to C3, CS1), if data corresponding to a starting prize related to the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data corresponding to a starting winning of 1 of the data is stored. The data is shifted to this held ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the data corresponding to the starting prize regarding the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the data corresponding to the starting winning regarding the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storing area 203d. If so, the data corresponding to one starting prize of the data is shifted to this held ball execution area 203f.

That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variable performance) regarding the second special symbol is executed with priority, and the dynamic display (variable performance) regarding the first special symbol is executed with priority. It is configured to be executed on the condition that the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) is not suspended. Note that a shift in the first embodiment refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 31 again, details of the first held ball storage area 203d, the second held ball storage area 203e, and the held ball execution area 203f will be described. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the operation of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform target display and setting of variable effects.

As described above, the jackpot random number counter used for the jackpot lottery is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and for the dynamic display and variable effects settings of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. C1, a jackpot type counter C2 used to determine the jackpot type, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used to determine the performance mode of the fluctuating performance, and a fluctuation type counter CS1 used to determine the fluctuating pattern. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when a ball enters the first ball entrance 64 (starting winning). , the second reserved ball storage area 203e stores each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when a ball enters the second starting hole (starting winning).

The first holding ball storage area 203d is composed of four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4). The four holding areas (first holding areas 1 to 4) each include a jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot type counter storage area that stores the value of the jackpot type counter C2. 203d2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 that stores the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 that stores the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1.

Further, the second holding ball storage area 203e is composed of four holding areas (second holding first to fourth areas), similar to the first holding ball storage area 203d. Each of the four holding areas (second holding first to fourth areas) includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot type counter C2, similar to the first holding ball storage area 203d. A jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 for storing the value of , a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 for storing the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 are provided. It is being

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2, 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3, 203e3, and the fluctuation type counter storage areas 203d4, 203e4 are combined into one. Although these holding ball storage areas 203d and 203e are provided together, a plurality of holding ball storage areas may be provided for each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1.

As described above, the first held ball storage area 203d has a maximum of 4 data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when a ball enters the first ball entrance 64 (start winning). In that case, the data will be stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the four vacant areas (1st holding area 1st to 4th area). is memorized. In other words, the area with the smaller area number stores the data corresponding to the starting winnings to the first ball entry port 64 that is older in time, and the data corresponding to the starting winnings to the first ball entry port 64 that is oldest in time is stored, and Data corresponding to the starting prize winning number 64 will be stored.

In addition, the second reserved ball storage area 203e stores up to four data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when a ball enters the second starting port (starting winning). However, in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (2nd holding areas 1st to 4th). . In other words, the area with the smaller area number stores the data corresponding to the chronologically oldest starting winning prize at the second starting opening, and the data corresponding to the starting winning prize at the chronologically oldest second starting opening is stored in the second reservation first area. Data corresponding to winnings will be stored.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f consists of only one area. Like the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, this reserved ball execution area 203f includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 that stores the value of the jackpot random number counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 for storing the value, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4 for storing the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 are provided. There is.

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable effect, the data (values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) are stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e. In this case, the data stored in the second holding first area is shifted to each area 203f1 to 203f4 of this holding ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the MPU 201 determines that when it is time to start executing the variable effect, no data is stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e, and the data is stored in the first holding ball storage area 203d. When data is stored in the first holding area, the data stored in the first holding area is shifted to each area 203f1 to 203f4 of this holding ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referred to in the fluctuation start process (see FIG. 41), and a jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data and the gaming state, and a fluctuation pattern corresponding to the lottery result is performed. and determine the stop type. In the special symbol display device 37, dynamic display is performed under the control of the main controller 110 based on the determined variation pattern and stop type.

Further, the fluctuation pattern and stop type determined here are notified to the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by a fluctuation pattern command and a stop type command. Then, under the control of the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs a variation effect based on the variation pattern and stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

Details of data shifting will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start executing the variable performance, it determines whether data is stored in the second reservation first area of the second reservation ball storage area 203e. As a result of the judgment, if it is determined that data is stored in the second reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second reservation first area is replaced with the jackpot random number of the reservation ball execution area 203f. Shift to counter storage area 203f1. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the second reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reservation first area is shifted, It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203e4 of the second pending first area to the fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the shift of the data to the held ball execution area 203f is completed, the second held first area becomes vacant, so it is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the second held ball storage area 203e. ) is shifted to an area (first to third) with one smaller area number. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only in the second holding areas (first to fourth) where data is stored (held) in the second holding ball storage area 203e.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the second holding ball storage area 203e will be explained. For example, the value of the second held ball counter 203b when the start judgment of the variable effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the second held ball storage area 203e. Suppose that In this state, when the data in the second holding first area is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203f and the second holding first area becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data in the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to the areas (first to third) whose area numbers are one smaller. That is, the data in the second reserved second area is shifted to the second reserved first area, the data in the second reserved third area is shifted to the second reserved second area, and the data in the second reserved fourth area is shifted. is shifted to the second holding area and the third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the second pending pitch counter 203b is "2" when the start judgment of the variable production is made, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the second pending second area to the second pending ball counter 203b. Shift to 1 area and finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the second holding areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (held), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Incidentally, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the second reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area whose area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the second holding area (second to fourth), making it easier to create a program.

On the other hand, if the MPU 201 determines that no data is stored in the second holding first area of the second holding ball storage area 203e when it is time to start executing the variable effect, then the MPU 201 It is determined whether data is stored in the first reservation first area of the ball storage area 203d. As a result of the judgment, if data is stored in the first reservation first area, the random value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reservation first area is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reservation ball execution area 203f. Shift to. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the first reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reservation first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2. It shifts to the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3, and shifts the random value in the fluctuation type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reservation first area to the fluctuation type counter storage area 203f4.

When the shift of the data to the held ball execution area 203f is completed, the first held ball storage area 203f becomes vacant, so it is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the first held ball storage area 203d. ) is shifted to an area (first to third) with one smaller area number. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only in the first holding areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (held) in the first holding ball storage area 203d.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d will be explained. For example, the value of the first held ball counter 203a when the start judgment of the variable production is made is "4", and the data is stored in all areas (first to fourth) of the first held ball storage area 203d. Suppose that In this state, when the data in the first holding first area is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203f and the first holding first area becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data in the other areas (second to fourth). are shifted to the areas (first to third) whose area numbers are one smaller. That is, the data in the first reserved second area is shifted to the first reserved first area, the data in the first reserved third area is shifted to the first reserved second area, and the data in the first reserved fourth area is shifted. is shifted to the first reservation third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the first pending pitch counter 203a is "2" when the start judgment of the variable performance is made, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the first pending second area to the first pending pitch number counter 203a. Shift to 1 area and finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the first holding areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (held), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Incidentally, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the first reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area whose area number is one smaller. In that case, it becomes unnecessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the first holding area (second to fourth), making it easier to create a program.

Next, details of the standard ball holding area 203g and the standard ball holding area 203h will be described. The regular symbol reserved ball storage area 203g and the regular symbol reserved ball execution area 203h are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform the normal symbol winning lottery, the variable display setting of the regular symbol display device 83, etc.

The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g is a memory for storing the normal figure counter C4 acquired from the counter buffer 203c upon detection of passage of a ball to the through gate 67. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has passed through the through gate 67 during the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 38), it acquires the value of the normal figure per-counter C4 from the counter buffer 203c, and stores the normal figure pending ball. It is stored in area 203g. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g has 4 holding areas (normal figures (refer to FIG. 31).

The normal pattern holding ball execution area 203h is a memory for storing data (the value of the normal pattern winning counter C4) that should be referred to when starting the execution or in the processing of winning lottery and variable display of the normal pattern being executed. be.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the timing to start executing the variable display of the normal symbol, the MPU 201 displays the above-mentioned normal symbol reserved ball in order to execute processes such as the winning lottery of the normal symbol and the setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. Among the data stored in the storage area 203g (the value of the counter C4 per normal figure), one piece of data is shifted to the normal figure held ball execution area 203h. Note that a shift in the first embodiment refers to moving data stored in one area to another area.

As described above, the normal symbol win counter C4 used for the normal symbol winning lottery is used for the normal symbol winning lottery and the variable display setting of the normal symbol display device 83. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203g stores the value of the normal figure counter C4 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball passes through the through gate 67.

Furthermore, as described above, the data (the value of the counter C4 per normal pattern) acquired at the timing when the ball passes through the through gate 67 is stored in the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203g for up to four times. In this case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the four vacant reservation areas (1st to 4th general reservation areas). In other words, the area with the smaller area number stores data corresponding to the passing of the ball to the through gate 67 that is oldest in terms of time, and the data corresponding to the passing of the ball to the through gate 67 that is oldest in terms of time is stored in the first area. Data corresponding to the passage will be stored.

On the other hand, the general ball holding ball execution area 203h is composed of only one area. This normal figure holding ball execution area 203h is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure which stores the value of the normal figure counter C4, similarly to the normal figure holding ball storage area 203g.

When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to execute the variable display of the normal symbols, it transfers the data stored in the first area of the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203g to the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203h. shift.

Then, the data shifted to the normal pattern holding ball execution area 203h is referred to in the normal pattern fluctuation process (see S1111 in FIG. 38), and a winning lottery is performed based on the reference data and the gaming state, and the variable display Decide on the content. In the normal symbol display device 83, a variable display is performed based on the determined content under the control of the main controller 110.

Details of data shifting will be explained. When the MPU 201 determines that it is time to start the execution of the variable display of the normal symbols, the MPU 201 sets the random number value in the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal symbol in the first area of the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203g. is shifted to the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure in the normal figure held ball execution area 203h.

Then, when the shift of the data to the general ball holding ball execution area 203h is completed, the first general ball holding area becomes vacant, so it is stored in each area (second to fourth) of the general ball holding area 203g. Shift processing is performed to move the (held) data to areas (first to third) where the area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, data is shifted only for the normal pattern holding areas (first to fourth) in which data is stored (held) in the normal pattern holding ball storage area 203g.

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the regular ball holding ball storage area 203g will be explained. For example, when the determination to start the variable display of normal symbols is made, the number of normal symbols reserved is 4, and the data is stored in all areas (1st to 4th) of the regular symbol reserved ball storage area 203g. Suppose there is. In this state, the data in the first area for holding the general ball is shifted to the holding ball execution area 203h, and when the first area for holding the general ball becomes vacant, the MPU 201 transfers the data to the other areas (second to fourth). data is shifted to the area (first to third) whose area number is one smaller. In other words, the data in the second area for general reservations is shifted to the first area for general reservations, the data in the third area for general reservations is shifted to the second area for general reservations, and the data in the fourth area for general reservations are shifted to the second area for general reservations. is shifted to the 3rd general reservation area.

Further, for example, if the number of normal symbols reserved when the start judgment of the variable display of ordinary symbols is made is 2, the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the ordinary symbol reservation second area to the ordinary symbol reservation first area. Shift to finish shifting the data. As described above, in the first embodiment, data shift processing is not performed for the general drawing reservation areas (third to fourth) where no data is stored (reserved), so the number of data shifts is reduced. The control burden can be reduced.

Note that, regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the general drawing reservation area (second to fourth) may be configured to be shifted to an area with an area number one smaller. In this case, it is not necessary to determine whether data is stored (on hold) in the common drawing holding areas (second to fourth), and therefore it is possible to easily create a program.

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 38 to 44. The processing of the MPU 201 can be roughly divided into startup processing that is started upon power-on (see FIG. 42), main processing that is executed after the startup processing (see FIG. 43), and periodic processing (see FIG. 43). In this case, there are a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is started at a period of "4 milliseconds" and an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 44) that is started by inputting the power outage signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. For convenience of explanation, we will first explain the timer interrupt processing (see Figure 38), and then explain the startup processing (see Figure 42), the main processing (see Figure 43), and the NMI interrupt processing (see Figure 44). explain.

FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is a regular process that is repeatedly executed every "4 milliseconds", for example. When the MPU 201 executes this timer interrupt process, various processes that should be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt processing, first, external output processing is executed (S1101). In the timer interrupt processing and main processing, commands to be sent to the payout control device 111, the audio lamp control device 113, etc. are generated based on various processes, and are temporarily stored in a command sending ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. . In the external output process of S1101, output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each sub-side control device (peripheral control device).

For example, a command for the number of reserved balls set in a starting winning process (see FIG. 39) to be described later is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113. In addition, the variation pattern command, stop type command, confirmation command, etc. set in the special figure variation process (see FIG. 40) and the variation start process (FIG. 41), which is a process of the special figure variation process, are sent to the audio lamp control device 113. Send. In addition, a ball launch signal set when a ball is launched in the launch control process of S1112, which will be described later, is transmitted to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S1102), and then a winning process is executed to execute the process at the time of a jackpot based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol. (S1103).

Next, a normal electric utility control process is executed to execute a drive control process for the rotary plate of the normal electric utility 64a (S1104). To briefly explain, the variable display of the normal symbol is performed on the normal symbol display device 83 on the condition that the ball has passed through the through gate 67, and as a result of the variable display of the normal symbol, the winning symbol of the normal symbol (for example, " When the ``○'' symbol appears and a winning state occurs, the rotary plate of the normal electric hand 64a is driven to open for a predetermined period of time.

Next, reading processing for various winning switches is executed (S1105). That is, the states of the first starting port switch, second starting port switch, big winning port switch, and various switches 208 connected to the main control device 110 are read, and the states of the switches 208 are determined and the detected information is (Win detection information) is saved. Furthermore, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of acquired balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 based on the winning detection information is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 111 by the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process to be executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899" in the fifth embodiment), it is cleared to "0". Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is incremented by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (in the fifth embodiment, "99"), it is cleared to "0" and the second initial value is The updated value of the random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Furthermore, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the regular pattern counter C4 are updated (S1107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the common pattern counter C4 are each incremented by 1, and the counter values are set to the maximum value (fifth embodiment Then, when they reach "899", "99", "99", "199", "99" respectively, they are cleared to "0". In addition, when the jackpot random number counter C1 or the common figure counter C4 completes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is transferred to the jackpot random number counter C1 or the common figure counter C4. The initial value is read as the initial value and set in the jackpot random number counter C1 or the common figure counter C4. Then, the updated values of each counter C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Next, a starting winning process is executed when the ball enters the first ball entry port 64 or the second starting port (S1108), and then, as the ball passes through the through gate 67, the normal symbol validity and variable display are displayed. A gate passing process is executed to determine the contents, etc. (S1109). The details of the starting winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 39.

After executing the gate passage process (S1109), the process for dynamically displaying the special symbol by the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 based on the processing contents of the start winning process (S1108) are performed. A special symbol variation process is executed to set the variation pattern of the third symbol, etc. (S1110). In addition, the details of the special figure variation process (S1110) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, based on the processing contents of the gate passing process (S1109), a normal symbol variation process is executed (S1111) to execute a process for variable display of normal symbols by the normal symbol display device 83. In the ordinary symbol variation process (S1111), the lottery probability of the ordinary symbol is either high probability (for example, 9/10) or low probability (1/10), depending on the value of the time saving counter described later.

After executing the normal figure variation process (S1111), the firing control process is executed (S1112), and other processes that should be executed periodically are executed (S1113), and the timer interrupt process is ended. Note that the firing control process (S1112) is performed on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping firing is not operated. This is the process of determining whether to launch the ball on or off. Then, when the ball launch is on, in order to transmit the ball launch signal to the launch control device 112, information on the ball launch signal is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the ball firing signal is transmitted to the firing control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process to be executed next.

Next, with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 39, the start winning process (S1108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing this starting winning process (S1108). The starting prize winning process is a ball entering the first ball entry hole 64 or the second starting hole (hereinafter, the first ball entry hole 64 and the second starting hole may be collectively referred to as the "starting hole 64"). If there is a prize, the value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1 is stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e corresponding to the starting port 64 that won the prize. Execute (suspend) processing. It also executes a process for transmitting the values of each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be held together with the number of held balls to the audio lamp control device 113.

In this starting winning process (S1108), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has won a prize (starting winning) in the first ball entry hole 64 (special map 1 winning hole) (S1201). Here, based on the output signal of the first starting port switch (not shown) that detects the ball entering the first ball entering port 64 (winning), which was read in the switch reading process (see S1105 in FIG. 38), The ball entering the first ball entry port 64 is detected through three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 38).

When it is determined that the ball has entered the first ball entrance 64 (there has been a start winning) (S1201: Yes), the value of the first held ball counter 203a (the number of balls held in the main controller 110) is determined (S1201: Yes). It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (N1) of the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) of the first special symbol is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the fifth embodiment) (S1202). Then, even if there is a prize in the first ball entrance 64, if the number of pending balls N1 is not 4 (S1202: No), this starting prize winning process (S1108) is ended, and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) ) Return to

On the other hand, if the number of active pending balls N1<4 (S1202: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the first pending ball number counter 203a (number of active pending balls N1) (S1203). Since this time, the winning is to the first ball entrance 64 corresponding to the first special symbol, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination for each random number value C1 to C3, CS1 (S1204), The process moves to S209.

In the process of S1201, if it is determined that the ball has not entered the first ball entrance hole 64 (S1201: No), then it is determined whether the ball has entered the second starting hole (starting prize). (S1205). Here, like the first ball entry port 64, a second starting port switch (not shown) is read in the switch reading process (see S1105 in FIG. 38) and detects a ball entering the second starting port (winning). Based on the output signal of , the entry of the ball into the second starting port is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 38).

When it is determined that the ball has entered the second starting hole (there is a starting prize) (S1205: Yes), the value of the second held ball counter 203b (the second held ball number counter 203b in the main controller 110) is determined (S1205: Yes). It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (N2) for dynamic display of special symbols (fluctuating effect) is less than the upper limit value ("4" in the fifth embodiment) (S1206). Then, if there is no winning in the second starting port (S1205: No), or if there is a winning in the second starting port but the number of pending balls N2<4 (S1206: No), this starting winning is determined. The process (S1108) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

On the other hand, if the number of active pending balls N2<4 (S1206: Yes), 1 is added to the value of the second pending ball number counter 203b (number of active pending balls N2) (S1207). This time, since the prize is to be won in the second starting port corresponding to the second special symbol, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination for each random number value C1 to C3, CS1 (S1208), and the process is executed. The process moves to S1209.

In the process of S1209, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 31), and set as a storage destination in S1204 or S1208. The first reserved ball storage area 203d is the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e. If specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3, and the fluctuation type counter in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the first pending ball number counter 203a. Each is held (stored) in the storage area 203d4 (S1209). In addition, when the second reserved ball storage area 203e is specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1, jackpot type counter storage area 203e2, and stoppage of the area corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball number counter 203b are performed. It is held (stored) in the pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 and the variation type counter storage area 203e4 (S1209).

Specifically, for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the process of S1204 based on the winning to the first ball entrance 64, and the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the process of S1203. If the value of the number counter 203a is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the first holding area. Furthermore, if the value of the first reserved pitch number counter 203a after addition is "2", the value of the first reserved pitch number counter 203a after addition is "3" in each storage area of the first reserved second area. If the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area, and if the value of the first reserved pitch counter 203a after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area. , CS1 are held.

Further, for example, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination in the process of S1208 based on the winning in the second starting port, and the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition in the process of S1207. If is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the second storage first area. Further, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b after addition is "2", the value of the second reserved pitch number counter 203b after addition is "3" in each storage area of the second reserved second area. If so, the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reservation third area, and if the value of the second reservation pitch counter 203b after addition is "4", the counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reservation fourth area. , CS1 are held.

Next, the value of the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b (active held ball number N1 or active held ball number N2) after the addition in the process of S1203 or S1207, and the first Speak a command for the number of held balls containing the values of the jackpot random number counter C1, jackpot type counter C2, stop pattern selection counter C3, and fluctuation type counter CS1 stored (held) in the held ball storage area 203d or the second held ball storage area 203e. In order to transmit it to the lamp control device 113, the command for the number of held balls is set in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203 (S1210). As a result, the held pitch count command is transmitted to the audio lamp control device 113 by the external output process in S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) to be executed next. After completing the process in S1210, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

Note that the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be included in the held pitch count command in the process of S1210 may be the values themselves read from the counter buffer 203c in the process of S1209, or the values of the first held pitches in the process of S1209 may be used. You may use the read value stored (reserved) in the ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e.

Next, with reference to FIG. 40, the special figure variation process (S1110) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing this special figure variation process (S1110). This special symbol variation processing (S1110) is to control the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 and the variation performance performed on the third symbol display device 81.

In this special figure variation process (S1110), first, it is determined whether or not there is a jackpot at present (S1301). During a jackpot game, the jackpot game displayed on the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 during a jackpot game and during a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends are included. As a result of the determination, if it is a jackpot (S1301: Yes), the special symbol fluctuation process (S1110) is ended and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

If it is not a jackpot (S1301: No), it is determined whether the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed (S1302), and the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed. If not (S1302: No), then it is determined whether a predetermined period of time has passed after the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 has stopped (S1303). As a result, if the predetermined time has not elapsed after the dynamic display stopped (S1303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). As a result, the stopped symbols in the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) are displayed on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 for a predetermined period of time, allowing the player to visually recognize the stopped symbols. .

On the other hand, as a result of the processing in S1303, if a predetermined period of time has elapsed after the dynamic display stopped (S1303: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the second special number reserved in the main controller 110) It is determined whether or not the number of pending balls (N2) for dynamic display (fluctuating performance) related to symbols is greater than "0" (S1304). As a result, if the value of the second held ball counter 203b (active held ball number N2) is not "0" (S1304: Yes), it is the timing to start executing the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the second special symbol. First, the value of the second held ball counter 203b (number of active held balls N2) is subtracted by 1 (S1305). This is because execution of one of the dynamic displays (fluctuating effects) related to the second special symbol that has been suspended is started by the variation start process (S1310) described later, so the second This is because the number of reserved balls related to the special symbol decreases by one.

Next, the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e is shifted (S1306). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the second holding first to fourth areas of the second holding ball storage area 203e toward the holding ball execution area 203f. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 2nd hold 2nd area → 2nd hold 1st area, 2nd hold 3rd area → 2nd hold 2nd area, 2nd hold 4th area → 2nd hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted in this way.

On the other hand, in the process of S1304, if it is determined that the value of the second held ball counter 203b (operating held ball number N2) is "0" (S1304: No), then the first held ball number counter 203a It is determined whether or not the value (the number N1 of operation pending balls of the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) related to the first special symbol held in the main control device 110) is larger than "0" (S1307). As a result, if the value of the first held ball counter 203a (active held ball number N1) is not "0" (S1307: Yes), it is the timing to start executing the dynamic display (fluctuating effect) regarding the first special symbol. First, the value of the first held ball counter 203a (number of active held balls N1) is subtracted by 1 (S1308). This is because the execution of one of the dynamic displays (fluctuating effects) related to the first special symbol that has been held is started by the fluctuation start process (S1310) to be described later. This is because the number decreases by one.

Next, the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d is shifted (S1309). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first holding areas 1 to 4 of the first holding ball storage area 203d toward the holding ball execution area 203f. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 1st hold 2nd area → 1st hold 1st area, 1st hold 3rd area → 1st hold 2nd area, 1st hold 4th area → 1st hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted in this way.

After the data shift process in S1306 or S1309, a fluctuation start process is executed for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the data shift process. (S1310), and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). Note that the fluctuation start process (S1310) will be described later with reference to FIG. 41.

In the process of S1307, if it is determined that the value of the first held ball counter 203a (the number of active held balls N1) is "0" (S1307: No), a demonstration effect is performed on the third symbol display device 81. In other words, it is determined whether the demonstration is in progress (S1311). In this determination process, after transmitting a demo command to the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113, the value of the first held ball number counter 203a or the second held ball number counter 203b (active held ball number N1 or activated The period until any value of the number of reserved pitches (N2) is determined to be greater than "0" is determined to be during the demonstration.

If it is determined that the demo is not in progress (S1311: No), a demo command to be sent to the audio lamp control device 113 is set (S1312), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). On the other hand, if it is determined that the demo is in progress (S1311: Yes), the process directly returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). The demo command set in the process of S1312 is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is then executed during the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S1101 in FIG. 38). It is sent to the audio lamp control device 113.

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, it sends a display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 sends a demo command to the third symbol display device 81 based on the reception of the display demo command. Performs control to display effects.

Here, the demonstration command is set when, as described above, there is no held ball when a predetermined period of time has passed after the fluctuation has stopped. Therefore, if the variation effect is not started even after a predetermined period of time has passed after the variation is stopped, a demonstration effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

Note that if it is determined in the process of S1311 that the demo is not in progress (S1311: No), a process of determining whether a second predetermined time period longer than the predetermined time period has elapsed after the fluctuation is stopped is performed. The demo command may be set by executing the process of S1312 when the second predetermined time period has elapsed after the fluctuation has stopped. Thereby, when there are no reserved balls after the fluctuation is stopped, the stopped symbols of the stopped fluctuation performance can be shown to the player for a relatively long time without starting the demonstration performance immediately.

In the process of S1302, when it is determined that the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is dynamically displayed (S1302: Yes), it is determined whether the dynamic display time (variable time) has elapsed (S1313 ). The display time during the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 is determined according to the fluctuation pattern selected by the fluctuation type counter CS1 (determined according to the fluctuation pattern command), and this dynamic display time If (variable time) has not elapsed (S1313: No), the display on the special symbol display device 37 is updated (S1314), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

In the fifth embodiment, the display mode of the LED 37a of the special symbol display device 37 is set, for example, until a variable time elapses after dynamic display is started.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (variable time) of the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 has elapsed (S1313: Yes), a display mode corresponding to the stopped symbol is set for the special symbol display device 37. (S1315). The stop symbols are set in advance by a fluctuation start process (S1310) which will be described later with reference to FIG. In the fluctuation start process, whether or not it is a jackpot is determined according to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the process of S1306 or S1309, and if it is a jackpot, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is determined. Accordingly, the number of rounds at the time of a jackpot and the gaming state that may occur after the jackpot are determined.

When the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 corresponding to the stop symbol is set in the process of S1315, the stop symbol of the variable performance on the third symbol display device 81 is synchronized with the display of the LED 37a on the special symbol display device 37. In order to confirm the display, a confirmation command is set (S1316), and the process moves to S1317. The confirmation command is a command for causing the third symbol display device 81 to confirm and display the variable performance being executed. When the audio lamp control device 113 receives this confirmation command, it transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 is configured to stop the fluctuating performance of the third symbol on the third symbol display device 81 and display the stopped symbol in a determined manner by receiving the display confirmation command.

In the process of S1317, in order to determine whether or not the gaming state has a "time saving function" added, it is determined whether the value of a time saving counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is greater than "0". It is determined (S1317). In the jackpot process, this time saving counter is set to "10000" when the jackpot type is determined to be "Probable Variable A" or "Probable Variable B", and is set to "100" when the jackpot type is determined to be "Time Saving A". It is configured such that "50" is set when it is determined that the jackpot type is "time saving B". In addition, when it is determined that the jackpot type is "probable variable A" or "probable variable B", the "time saving function" may be set to be valid until the next jackpot occurs, instead of the number of times.

In the process of S1317, if the value of the time-saving counter is not "0" (S1317: Yes), the game state is in which a "time-saving function" is added, and the dynamic display (fluctuation effect) of any of the special symbols is Since it has been completed once, the value of the time saving counter is decremented by 1 (S1318), this special symbol variation process (S1110) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). Here, if the value of the time saving counter becomes "0" through the process of S1318, the gaming state is transitioned from the "time saving state" to the "normal gaming state", and the audio lamp control device 113 etc. Sends a gaming state command indicating that the gaming state is changing (“time reduction state” ends, changes to “normal gaming state”, etc.). On the other hand, in the process of S1317, if the value of the time-saving counter is "0" (S1317: No), the "time-saving function" is not added, so the process of S1318 is skipped, and this special figure fluctuation process (S1110 ) and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38).

The above game state command is stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and in the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is executed next, the game state command is sent to the voice lamp control device. 113. When the audio lamp control device 113 receives the game state command, it generates a display game state command based on it and transmits it to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 41, the variation start process (S1310) which is one process of the special figure variation process (S1110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start process (S1310). This fluctuation start processing (S1310) performs a jackpot or loss lottery (jackpot lottery) based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the gaming state, and also performs a jackpot lottery (jackpot lottery). 3. The dynamic display and the dynamic pattern (variation pattern and stop type) of the variation effect performed on the 3-symbol display device 81 are determined.

In the fluctuation start process (S1310), first, in order to determine the gaming state, it is determined whether the current gaming state is in a high probability state of special symbols, that is, a "probability fluctuation state" (S1321). As a result of the determination, if it is not in the "probability fluctuation state" (S1321: No), the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" or the "time reduction state", and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in the low probability state. A jackpot random number table 202a for the probability state is set (S1322), and the process moves to S1324. On the other hand, if it is determined that the state is in the "probability fluctuation state" (S1323: Yes), the jackpot probability of the special symbol is in a high probability state, so the jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S1323). , the process moves to S1324.

In the process of S1324, it is determined whether or not it is a jackpot based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 32) set in S1322 or S1323. A jackpot lottery (determination of success or failure) processing is performed (S1324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, whether or not there is a jackpot is determined based on the relationship between the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the gaming state (mode) at the time. As mentioned above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the possible gaming state (mode) of the pachinko machine 10 is the normal low probability state (“normal gaming state” or “time reduction state”), “7,307 , 582'' is defined as the jackpot random value. In addition, when the possible gaming state (mode) of the pachinko machine 10 is in a high probability state (“probability fluctuation state”), “28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866” is a jackpot. Specified as a random value.

In the process of S1324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number values defined in the jackpot random number table 202a, and if they match, the jackpot is determined. It is determined that As a result of the processing in S1324, if it is determined that it is a jackpot (S1324: Yes), the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol. The display mode at the time of a jackpot is set based on the type table 202b1 (see FIG. 33(a)) or the special figure 2 jackpot type table 202b2 (see FIG. 33(b)) corresponding to the second special symbol (S1325 ).

In this process, according to the jackpot type table 202b, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, that is, after a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 10, is changed to a "probability fluctuation state". Either "Probable Variable A" corresponding to "10R Probable Variable Jackpot" which transitions to "Probable Variable Jackpot" which transitions to "Probability Variable Jackpot" which transitions to "Probability Variable State" after the maximum number of rounds is 4 rounds, or "Probable Variable B" corresponding to "4R Probable Variable Jackpot" which transitions to "Probability Variable State" after the maximum number of rounds is 4 rounds. "Time saving A" corresponding to the "10R time saving jackpot" which shifts to the "time saving state" after a jackpot of 10 rounds, or "4R time saving jackpot" which shifts to the "time saving state" after the maximum number of rounds is a jackpot of 4 rounds. It is determined whether it is "Time saving B" corresponding to "." Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode (display mode of the LED 37a) at the time of a jackpot on the special symbol display device 37 is set.

Specifically, when the data stored in the held ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the first held ball storage area 203d, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the held ball execution area 203f. The jackpot type is determined based on the special figure 1 jackpot type table 202b1 (see FIG. 33(a)). In addition, if the data stored in the held ball execution area 203f is data shifted from the second held ball storage area 203e, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the held ball execution area 203f and the special The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b2 for FIG. 2 (see FIG. 33(b)).

Next, a fluctuation pattern at the time of a jackpot is determined (S1326), and the process moves to S1329. Specifically, a rough production mode is selected based on the jackpot type (display mode) determined in S1325 and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the held ball execution area 203f, and the selected Based on the value of the variation type counter CS1, a dynamic time (variation time) of a specific dynamic display (variation production) is determined from among the rough production modes. In determining the fluctuation pattern at the time of this jackpot, first, the stop pattern table 202d to be used is selected according to the jackpot type (display mode).

Specifically, for example, if "probable variable A" corresponding to "10R probability variable jackpot" is set as the jackpot type in the process of S1325, the stop pattern table 202d provided for "probable variable A" (for example, In the stop pattern table for A), the performance mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the held ball execution area 203f is selected. In addition, if "Probable Variable B" corresponding to "4R Probable Variable Jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, the pending The performance mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected. In addition, if "Time-saving A" corresponding to "10R Time-saving jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "Time-saving A" (for example, the stop pattern table for Time-saving A), the hold The performance mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected. In addition, if "Time Saving B" corresponding to "4R Time Saving Jacket" is set as the jackpot type, in the stop pattern table 202d provided for "Time Saving B" (for example, stop pattern table for Time Saving B), the hold The performance mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the ball execution area 203f is selected.

Then, in the group of the variation pattern table 202e provided for each performance mode set in the process of S1326, the variation pattern associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the held ball execution area 203f is selected. . Then, the variation time is set based on the relationship between the predefined variation pattern and the variation time.

On the other hand, if it is determined in the process of S1324 that it is not a jackpot (S1324: No), a display mode for a loss is set (S1327). In the process of S1327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the losing symbol, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the first reserved ball number counter are set. Based on the value of 203a or (and) the second reserved ball counter 203b and the current gaming state, the performance mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is "non-reach (short)" production mode, "non-reach (Long)” presentation mode, “Normal reach” presentation mode, “Super reach” presentation mode, or “Special reach” presentation mode.

In the fifth embodiment, depending on whether the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuation state", a "time reduction state", or a "normal gaming state", a stop corresponding to each performance mode is provided. The stop pattern table 202d is set so that the range of values of the pattern selection counter C3 is different.

Next, a fluctuation pattern at the time of a loss is determined (S1328), and the process moves to S1329. In the process of S1328, a variable time is determined in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 until the symbol is stopped and displayed in the case of a losing symbol. Specifically, in the group of the variation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (performance mode) at the time of loss determined in the process of S1327, the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the held ball execution area 203f. Select the variation pattern associated with. Then, the variation time is set based on the relationship between the predefined variation pattern and the variation time.

In this way, the process of setting the production mode and variation pattern at the time of a jackpot and the process of setting the production mode and variation pattern at the time of a loss are judged and determined by the same determination program using the same random numbers C3 and CS1. This makes it possible to standardize programs and reduce development man-hours during development.

In the processing of S1329, based on the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern determined in the processing of S1326 and S1328, the variation time is notified to the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113. A pattern command is set (S1329). Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot lottery, the jackpot is "Probable Variable A" which corresponds to "10R Probable Variable Jackpot", and the variation pattern of "Super Reach" of "25 seconds" is selected. In this case, a variation pattern command indicating a jackpot, "Probability Variable A", and "Super Reach" of "25 seconds" is set. In addition, if you lose the jackpot lottery and the variation pattern of "25 seconds" "Super Reach" is selected, a variation pattern command indicating the loss/"25 seconds" "Super Reach" will be set. . In this way, even if the variable effects have the same variation time, by setting the appropriateness of the variable effect and the general content of the variation pattern in the variable pattern command, the audio lamp control device 113 can control the effect mode including the appropriateness. By understanding the contents and the variation time, it is possible to determine the variation pattern of the variation performance in more detail based on that information.

In addition, a stop type command is set to notify the display control device 114 via the audio lamp control device 113 of the stop type set in the process of S1325 or S1327 (S1330), and the special figure fluctuation process (see FIG. 40) ) Return to Specifically, for example, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is "Probable Variable A" which is "10R Probable Variable Jacket", the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "7" symbol, etc.) is not specified, but a stop type command indicating that it is "probable variation A" is set. Also, if you win a jackpot and the content of the jackpot is "Time Saving B" which is "4R Time Saving Jacket", the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "4" symbol, etc.) is not specified. , sets a stop type command that indicates "time saving B".

On the other hand, if you do not win the jackpot and the "Super Reach" production mode is selected, the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "787" etc.) will not be specified, and the " Set a stop type command that indicates the "Super Reach" production mode. In addition, if you do not win the jackpot and the "Normal Reach" production mode is selected, the "Normal Reach" effect at the time of loss without specifying the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "737", etc.) ” Set a stop type command that indicates the production mode. Furthermore, if you do not win the jackpot and the "non-reach" production mode is selected, the specific stopping mode of the third symbol (for example, "258" etc.) will not be specified, and the " Set a stop type command that indicates the "non-reach" production mode.

In this way, by setting a rough stop type based on the propriety of the variation effect in the stop type command, the audio lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) can grasp the stop type based on the propriety of the variation effect and Based on this information, it is possible to determine the stopping result of the variable effect in more detail.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in a ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and these commands are stored in the process of S1101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38) that is executed next. It is sent to the audio lamp control device 113. When the audio lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command, it generates a display fluctuation pattern command and a display type command based on the fluctuation pattern command and transmits them to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 42, a startup process executed by the MPU 201 in the main controller 110 when the main controller 110 is powered on will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing this startup process. This start-up process is started by a reset when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, initial setting process associated with power-on is executed (S1701). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, in order to wait for the sub-side control devices (peripheral control devices such as the audio lamp control device 113 and the payout control device 111) to become operational, a wait process (in the fifth embodiment, “1 second”) is performed. ) is executed (S1702). Then, access to the RAM 203 is permitted (S1703).

Thereafter, it is determined whether the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 6) is turned on (S1704), and if it is turned on (S1704: Yes), the process moves to S1711. On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), it is further determined whether power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705), and if it is not stored (S1705: No). , since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power-off did not end normally, the process also moves to S1711 in this case.

If power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1705: Yes), a RAM judgment value is calculated (S1706), and if the calculated RAM judgment value is not normal (S1707: No), that is, the calculated RAM If the judgment value does not match the RAM judgment value saved when the power was cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and the process also moves to S1711 in such a case.

Note that, as will be explained in S1806 of FIG. 43, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM judgment value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether the keyword written in a predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S1711, a payout initialization command is transmitted in order to initialize the payout control device 111 serving as a sub-side control device (peripheral control device) (S1711). When the payout control device 111 receives this payout initialization command, it clears the area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and becomes ready to start ball payout control. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes initialization processing of the RAM 203 (S1712, S1713).

As described above, in this pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is to be initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the hall starts business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed at the time of execution of the startup process, the initialization process of the RAM 203 (S1712, S1713) is executed. In addition, in the case where power-off occurrence information is not set or if a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.), the RAM 203 initialization processing (S1712, S1713) is similarly executed. . In the RAM 203 initialization process (S1712, S1713), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to "0" (S1712), and then an initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S1713). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process moves to S1710.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S1704: No), the power-off occurrence information is stored (S1705: Yes), and the RAM judgment value (checksum value, etc.) is normal ( S1707: Yes), the information on the occurrence of power outage is cleared while retaining the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S1708). Then, a payout return command upon power restoration is transmitted to return the sub-side control device (peripheral control device) to the gaming state at the time of power cutoff (S1709), and the process proceeds to S1710. When the payout control device 111 receives this payout return command, it becomes ready to start ball payout control while retaining the data stored in the RAM 213.

In the process of S1710, interrupts are permitted (S1710). Thereafter, the process moves to main processing (see FIG. 43), which will be described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 43, a description will be given of the main processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the start-up processing described above. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing this main processing. This main processing is broadly divided into counter update processing and power-off processing.

In the main process, it is determined whether or not power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1801). If the power failure occurrence information is not stored in the RAM 203 (S1801: No), the power failure signal SG1 is not output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252, and the power source is not shut off. Therefore, in such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S1802, S1803).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1802). Specifically, when the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are incremented by 1, and the counter value reaches the maximum value ("899", "99" in the fifth embodiment), , clear to "0". Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c areas of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process in S1107 (see FIG. 38) (S1803), and the process moves to S1801.

Here, while this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 38 is activated and executed at predetermined time intervals ("4 milliseconds" in the fifth embodiment). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed depending on the state of the game. For example, during a jackpot, opening and closing of the variable winning device 65 is controlled, and if a ball passes through the through gate 67, display control regarding variable display of normal symbols by the normal symbol display device 83 is performed. . In addition, in the jackpot lottery executed when starting the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37, the number of jackpot random numbers compared with the acquired jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether it is in a high probability state or a low probability state. It's coming. Therefore, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process will vary depending on the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant, but changes depending on the state of the game at the time.

The processes of S1802 and S1803 described above, which are part of the main process, are executed within the remaining time of this timer interrupt process. In other words, since the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are repeatedly updated using this remaining time, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are repeatedly updated. The counter CINI2 (that is, the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the initial value of the normal hit counter C4) can be randomly updated, and the variation type counter CS1 can also be updated randomly. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, it is possible to randomly update the jackpot random number counter C1 and the common figure counter C4, which use these as initial values for updating. It can be given gender.

In addition, in the process of S1801, if power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1801: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the power is turned off, and a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252. As a result, the NMI interrupt processing shown in FIG. 42, which will be described later, has been executed, so that the processing at power-off after S1804 is executed. First, generation of each interrupt process is prohibited (S1804), and a power-off command indicating that the power has been cut off is sent to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the audio lamp control device 113). (S1805). Then, a RAM judgment value is calculated, the value is saved (S1806), access to the RAM 203 is prohibited (S1807), and an infinite loop is continued until the power is completely cut off and processing can no longer be executed. Here, the RAM judgment value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.

Note that the process in S1801 is executed at the end of one cycle of the processes in S1802 and S1803, which are performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38). As a result, in the main processing of the main controller 110, information on the occurrence of power outage is checked at the timing when various settings by timer interrupt processing are completed and the updates of each counter CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 are completed. . Therefore, when recovering from a power-off state, the process can be started from the process of S1801 after the start-up process (see FIG. 42) is completed. That is, the process can be started from the process of S1801, as in the case where it is initialized in the start-up process.

Therefore, even if the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 are not saved to the stack area or the value of the stack pointer is not saved during power-off processing, the stack pointer is saved in the initial setting processing (S1701). By setting it to a predetermined value (initial value), it is possible to start from the process of S1801. As a result, the control burden on the main controller 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main controller 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.

In the fifth embodiment, the process to be executed periodically is executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 38), and in the main process (see FIG. 43), each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 is Although we have explained the case where the update of It may be configured as follows. For example, the prize ball counting signal and payout abnormal signal reading process (S1102), the jackpot process (S1103), the normal power control process (S1104), and the switch reading process (S1102), which were executed in the timer interrupt process in the fifth embodiment, S1105), start winning process (S1108), gate passing process (S1109), special pattern variation process (S1110), regular pattern variation process (S1111), and firing control process (S1112), some or all of which are performed by timer interrupt processing. Instead, it may be configured to be executed every "4 milliseconds" in the main processing.

In this case, a step is provided in the main process (see Figure 43) to determine whether a predetermined time (4 milliseconds) has elapsed, and only when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the step is executed every predetermined time. The counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 may be updated regardless of whether or not a predetermined period of time has elapsed. As a result, the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 are updated during the remaining time of the process that is executed at predetermined time intervals, but the process that is executed at predetermined time intervals is executed depending on the state of the game. Since the time required for this changes, even with this configuration, each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 can be randomly updated.

Next, with reference to FIG. 42, the NMI interrupt process executed in main controller 110 when a power outage or the like occurs will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing NMI interrupt processing executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like.

Through this NMI interrupt processing, information on the occurrence of power outage is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main controller 110. When the power outage signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal, the MPU 201 interrupts the control being executed, starts NMI interrupt processing, and stores the power outage occurrence information in the RAM 203 as the setting of the power outage occurrence information (S1901 ), the NMI interrupt processing ends.

Note that the above NMI interrupt process is similarly executed by the payout control device 111, and information on the occurrence of power outage is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power to the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power outage or the like, a power outage signal SG1 is output from the power outage monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control being executed. Then, NMI interrupt processing is started.

As described above, in the fifth embodiment, when the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, without unlocking the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11), from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. Since the main board front QR code 421a (and the main board number information 423) can be read through the rear viewing window 13a, the front frame 14 can be unlocked by simply unlocking the front frame 14 from the outer frame 11 and inner frame 12. It is possible to read the board QR code 401, the frame QR code 411, and the main board QR code 421a (and main board number information 423) (without unlocking the inner frame 12). Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

In addition, in the fifth embodiment, the main board surface QR code 421a of the main board sticker 420 that is affixed to the main control device 110 and is visible from the rear viewing window 13a is on the board side that is affixed to the game board 13. The front QR code 401 of the sticker 400 and the frame QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 attached to the inner frame 12 are arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. As a result, when a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall performs confirmation work with the inner frame 12 locked, it becomes easier to grasp the position of each table QR code 401, 411, 421a, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, the main control device 110 is disposed so as to be located slightly to the left of the game board 13 when viewed from the back, compared to the main control device 110 of the first embodiment, and View (rear view of the pachinko machine 10) The main board back QR code 422 of the main board sticker 420 affixed to the lower left side of the game board 13 is the board back QR code of the board side seal 400 affixed to the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the rear. The code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side sticker 410 attached to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 in rear view are arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. This makes it easier for the manufacturer's personnel and game hall personnel to understand the positions of the back QR codes 402, 412, and 422 when performing confirmation work with the inner frame 12 open. 13. The checking work of the inner frame 12 and the main control device 110 can be made more efficient.

In addition, the parts are not arranged in the back direction of the pachinko machine 10 between the back side QR code 402 of the board side seal 400 and the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side seal 410, and the back side QR code is read from the back side of the pachinko machine 10. 402 and the frame back QR code 412 are placed in an exposed state (see FIG. 23). As a result, each back QR code 402, 412, 422 can be read by the reading device 600 without removing other parts such as the cover, and the confirmation work of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 can be made more efficient. can be converted into

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, above each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, number information 403, 413, corresponding to each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, respectively, 423 are printed (displayed) respectively, and each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is read by operation 1 on the operation unit 610 of the reading device 600, and each number information 403, 413, 423 is simultaneously read. Constructed to be readable. If either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 was successfully read, the game board number, frame number or main board number was successfully read. It is configured to be able to execute processing as an object. With this configuration, if either the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 is dirty or damaged and cannot be read correctly, or if the Even if the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 is difficult to read due to the dim lighting environment, the other number information 403, 413, 423 or the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a , 422 can be read, the game board number, frame number, or main board number can be assumed to have been read normally and processing can be executed. Even if any one of the information 403, 413, 423 cannot be read properly due to damage or dirt, it is still possible to determine whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main controller 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate. Confirmation work can be made more efficient. In addition, when each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 whose contents are difficult to recognize with human perception cannot be read by the reading device 600, number information 403, 413, which can be read with human perception, 423, or if the number information 403, 413, 423 cannot be read by the reading device 600, the processing can be executed by directly inputting the number information 403, 413, 423 to the reading device 600. This makes it possible to streamline the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, the main board seal 420 is attached across (astride) the box base and box cover of the board box 100 of the main controller 110, so that it is difficult to open the board box 100. If an attempt is made to remove the seal or forcefully open the board box 100, the main board seal 420 will be cut into the box base side and the box cover side. Therefore, by checking the main board seal 420, it is possible to know whether the board box 100 has been opened. That is, the main board seal 420 also functions as a sealing seal. Therefore, there is no need to separately prepare a seal and stick it on the board box 100, and the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

Furthermore, in the fifth embodiment, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the display section 611 of the reading device 600 In addition to making the background colors different, the background color of the display section 611 is changed according to the combination of the read QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, Encoding information for each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and print content for number information 403, 413, 423 are set. In one pachinko machine 10, board QR codes 401, 402 or game board number information 403 corresponding to the game board 13, frame QR codes 411, 412 or frame number information 413 corresponding to the inner frame 12, and the main controller If all of the main QR codes 421a, 422 or main board number information 423 corresponding to 110 are read normally, and the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is normal. , the background color on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600 is displayed in a specific color (in the fifth embodiment, "white"), and the manufacturer's sales person and the person concerned with the game hall are informed of the background color on the display unit 611 of the reading device 600. It is configured to be able to notify that the confirmation work has been completed. With this configuration, the manufacturer's sales person and the game hall related personnel can use the reading device 600 to check whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main controller 110 in one pachinko machine 10 is normal. When performing confirmation work, by checking the background color of the display unit 611 of the reading device 600, you can check whether the confirmation work has been properly completed or not, and whether any confirmation work has been completed or not yet executed. This can be done by checking the background color of 611. Therefore, for example, even if the reading device 600 does not have the function of displaying characters, etc., it is possible to make the person in charge of the manufacturer or the person concerned at the game hall aware of the execution status of the confirmation work. Confirmation work can be made more efficient and the configuration of the reading device 600 can be simplified.

Further, in the fifth embodiment, the back side viewing window 13a is located at the lower part of the front frame 14 when the front frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is closed). , so that the back side viewing window 13a is not visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. On the other hand, when the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and outer frame 11 and rotated from the inner frame 12 and outer frame 11 (that is, the front frame 14 is in an open state), this By exposing the window portion 13a and making it visible from the front side of the pachinko machine 10, the back side of the game board 13 can be seen through the back side viewing window portion 13a. As a result, by making the QR codes 401, 411, and 421a invisible to the players playing the game, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, and at the same time, it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10. At the time of confirmation by a person concerned, the back side of the game board 13 becomes visible through the back side viewing window 13a, and the confirmation work can be made more efficient.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the fifth embodiment have the same configuration as the first to fourth embodiments, and have the same effects.

<Sixth embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 47.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, with the outer frame 11, inner frame 12, and front frame 14 remaining, the game board 13 of a predetermined model that can play a game with a predetermined game specification can be used with other game specifications. It is configured such that the model can be changed by replacing the game board 13 with a game board 13 of another model that is capable of playing games.

In contrast, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the second board device 24 is provided as a replaceable part when changing the model, and when changing the model, both the game board 13 and the second board device 24 are replaced. Configure as possible. Then, a second board side sticker 430 is pasted on the replaceable second board device 24, and in one pachinko machine 10, the game board 13, inner frame 12, main control device 110, and second board device 24 are combined. The reading device 600 is configured to be able to read whether the data is normal or not.

Hereinafter, regarding the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the sixth embodiment, we will focus on the differences from the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the first to fifth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fifth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 and 46. FIG. 45 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. FIG. 45(b) is a front view showing a state in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and the front frame 14 is opened to the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11. It is a diagram. Further, FIG. 46 is a right side view of the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. FIG. 46(b) is a top view showing a state in which the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11 and rotated 90 degrees.

First, as shown in FIGS. 45(a) and 45(b), the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment is provided with the second board device 24 on the upper side of the pachinko machine 10, and the inner frame 12 and A second panel device 24 is assembled and fixed to the outer frame 11. This second board device 24 has a model name logo of the pachinko machine 10 formed on its front side, and a movable panel 25 that can be displaced by a built-in motor is provided below the model name logo when viewed from the front. It is being

The movable panel 25 is composed of a normal state surface (see FIG. 45) on which no characters are displayed, and a plurality of character surfaces (not shown) on which predetermined characters are formed, and displays game execution results and game results. The driving state is configured to change depending on the state. Specifically, for example, in a normal state such as a "normal gaming state", the normal state surface is configured to face the front side of the pachinko machine 10, while the "reach display" on the third symbol display device 81 is executed. In some cases, the text surface that displays predetermined suggestions regarding the performance being executed (e.g., "extreme heat") is configured to face the front side of the pachinko machine 10, or when the game is in a jackpot state or in a "probability fluctuating state." The inside is configured so that a character surface displaying a suggestion regarding the state (for example, "LUCKY!", "During a certain change", etc.) faces the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

Here, as shown in FIGS. 46(a) and 46(b), the lower part of the second board device 24 is connected to the inner frame 12 (game board 13 and outer frame 11). When the front frame 14 is locked, the entire lower part of the second board device 24 is covered by the front frame 14, but when the front frame 14 is unlocked from the inner frame 12 and opened, The entire lower part of the second board device 24 is configured to be exposed to the front side of the Pachinko machine 10. As a result, by making the second board side seal 430, which will be described later, invisible to players who play the game with the front frame 14 locked, it is possible to suppress deterioration in the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10, At the time of confirmation by a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall, by unlocking and opening the front frame 14, the second board side sticker 430 affixed to the second board device 24 becomes visible.

A second board side sticker 430 on which a second board front QR code 431 and a second board back QR code 432 (see FIG. 46) are printed is affixed to the lower right part of the second board device 24 when viewed from the front. . The second panel side sticker 430 includes a second panel device 24 that has unique information such as a second panel device serial number (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “second panel number”) unique to the second panel device 24 expressed in a two-dimensional code. A board front QR code 431 and a second board back QR code 432 (see FIG. 47) are printed respectively. When the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the front side, the second board surface QR code 431 of the second board side sticker 430 affixed to the lower right side of the second board device 24 in the front view and the front view of the game board 13 The board surface QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the lower right side, the frame QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the lower right side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the front, and the main controller 110 The main board surface QR code 421a of the main board sticker 420 attached to the lower right side in rear view (lower left side in front view) is arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the back side, the second board back QR code 432 of the second board side sticker 430 affixed to the lower left side of the second board device 24 when viewed from the back side, and the back side of the game board 13 The back side QR code 402 of the board side sticker 400 attached to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the back side, the frame back QR code 412 of the frame side sticker 410 attached to the lower left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the back side, and the The main board back QR code 422 of the main board sticker 420 attached to the lower left side in front view (lower right side in rear view) is arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. As a result, when a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall confirms the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, main control device 110, and second board device 24, each QR code 401, 411, It becomes easier to grasp the positions of 421a and 431, and the checking work of the game board 13, inner frame 12, main control device 110, and second board device 24 can be made more efficient.

The second board front QR code 431 and the second board back QR code 432 printed on the second board side sticker 430 are the same two-dimensional code, and the second board number (for example, AA-D 111111) is the same two-dimensional code. ), manufacturer name (for example, Manufacturer A), second board name (for example, ○○○○), etc., are encoded, and each of the above data is read by the reading device 600 (see FIG. 9). Constructed to be readable.

Here, with reference to FIG. 47, the manner in which the second board side seal 430 is attached to the second board device 24 will be described. FIG. 47(a) is a front view of the second board device 24 in the sixth embodiment, and FIG. 47(b) is a right side view of the second board device 24.

As described above, when the second board side sticker 430 is attached to the second board device 24, the second board side sticker 430 is attached to the front side of the second board device 24 (the front side in FIG. 47(a), the near side in FIG. 47(b)). The second board front QR code 431 located on the left side) and the second board back QR code located on the back side of the second board device 24 (not shown in FIG. 47(a), right side in FIG. 47(b)) 432 are printed on one sticker (ie, the second board side sticker 430). With this configuration, if you want to attach a QR code indicating the second board number to the front side and the back side of the second board device 24, respectively, the second board side sticker 430 of 1 is attached to the front side and the back side of the second board device 24. This can be achieved by pasting the stickers from the lower right side in front view to the lower left side in rear view, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of stickers on the front side and back side of the second panel device 24. .

Further, the part of the second board device 24 where the model name logo and the movable panel 25 are provided is tilted toward the front side of the Pachinko machine 10 at a predetermined angle so that the player sitting on the front side of the Pachinko machine 10 can easily see it. It is formed. Therefore, when the reading device 600 attempts to read the second board surface QR code 431 affixed to the second board device 24, the casing of the second board device 24 and the casing of the reading device 600 may interfere. , the reader 600 may not be able to directly face the object to be read, and it may be difficult to perform the reading operation with the reader 600. Therefore, in the sixth embodiment, even if the reading device 600 is not directly facing the second board surface QR code 431 and the reading operation is performed from an oblique direction, the deviations and distortions that occur in each cell are corrected. By using it for the second board surface QR code 431 which has an alignment pattern for The configuration is such that even if the device 600 cannot be directly faced, the second board surface QR code 431 can be read normally. With this configuration, the degree of freedom in designing the second board device 24 can be increased, and the degree of freedom in the attachment position of the second board side seal 430 can be increased.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10, the hall computer 500, and the reading device 600 in the sixth embodiment have the same configuration as the first to fifth embodiments, and have the same effects.

<Seventh embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIGS. 48 and 49, a pachinko machine 10 in a seventh embodiment will be described.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, with the outer frame 11, inner frame 12, and front frame 14 remaining, the game board 13 of a predetermined model that can play a game with a predetermined game specification can be used with other game specifications. It is configured such that the model can be changed by replacing the game board 13 with a game board 13 of another model that is capable of playing games.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, it is possible to play a game by storing prize ball data, etc., and to prepare a predetermined number of balls in the pachinko machine 10 in advance, is configured to be circulated within the pachinko machine 10 to play the game. The front frame 14 of the pachinko machine 10 is configured to be separable into an upper front frame 14a and a lower front frame 14b, so that when changing the model, both the game board 13 and the upper front frame 14a can be replaced. do. Then, a front upper side sticker 440 on which a front frame QR code 441 is printed is pasted on the replaceable front upper frame 14a, and in the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13, inner frame 12, main controller 110, The reading device 600 is configured to be able to read whether or not the combination of the front upper frame 14a is normal.

The following will focus on the differences between the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the seventh embodiment from the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the first to sixth embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 47, the external configuration of the pachinko machine 10 and the card sanding device 71 of the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 47 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 and the card sanding device 71.

The card sanding device 71 is provided in one-to-one correspondence with each pachinko machine 10 installed in the game hall, and is installed on the left side (or right side) of the corresponding pachinko machine 10. Connected to 10. The pachinko machine 10 operates within the range of the amount of banknotes inserted into the corresponding card sanding device 71 or the savings data (remaining amount) recorded on the membership card (not shown) inserted into the card sanding device 71. Then, the ball is lent to the player. The player can play a game in the pachinko machine 10 using the lent balls (rental balls) and the balls paid out in the game (prize balls) as owned balls.

Here, the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment does not receive the balls used in the game from the island equipment or discharge the balls used in the game to the island equipment, but instead receives a predetermined number of balls (in the first embodiment) It is configured as a so-called internal circulation type (or enclosed type) pachinko game machine in which 50 balls are prepared in advance in the pachinko machine 10 and the balls are circulated within the pachinko machine 10 for use in the game. has been done. This in-machine circulation type pachinko machine 10 does not have a conventional payout device, and does not directly lend or pay out balls to players, but instead converts rented balls and prize balls into numbers (as points). Granted to the player.

This in-machine circulation type pachinko machine 10 is a conventional island facility, i.e., collects balls from each pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility, washes the collected balls, and distributes them to each pachinko machine 10 again. It is possible to eliminate the need for island equipment equipped with a large-scale mechanism. Therefore, in the hall where the pachinko machine 10 is installed, the cost of island equipment can be reduced. In addition, in order to inspect and maintain the island equipment, there is no need to stop all the pachinko machines 10 installed on the island equipment, and since inspection and maintenance can be performed for each pachinko machine 10, the operation rate of the pachinko machines 10 can be improved. can be raised.

Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, non-magnetic balls that are not attracted by magnets, such as austenitic stainless steel balls, are used as game balls (hereinafter simply referred to as "balls"). This prevents players from cheating by using magnets to change the direction of the ball, or by holding the ball in the gaming area without letting it fall, which will be described later. We make sure that no fraudulent activities such as any kind of manipulation are carried out.

As shown in FIG. 47, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 whose outer shell is formed by wooden frames combined into a substantially rectangular shape, and a frame 11 that is formed to have substantially the same external shape as the outer frame 11. The inner frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two locations, upper and lower on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 47), in order to support the inner frame 12. A frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side (front side). When the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame 12 is locked with respect to the outer frame 11.

The inner frame 12 is made of synthetic resin, specifically ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene) resin. ABS resin is suitable as a constituent material for the inner frame 12 because it is inexpensive, has good adhesion to plating, has excellent decorative properties, and has high impact resistance.

In addition, the inner frame 12 has a front lower frame 14b that projects toward the front (front side) at the lower part when viewed from the front, that is, below the area where the game board 13 is mounted. Inside this front lower frame 14b, there is a ball firing unit 112a that fires a ball to the front area (gaming area) of the game board 13, and a ball that is just fired from the ball firing unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. A guiding launch rail 112c and a supply passage (not shown) that stores balls collected from the front area of the game board 13 and supplies them to the ball launch unit 112a are mainly provided (see FIG. 49). ). In the seventh embodiment, since the pachinko machine 10 is an internal circulation type pachinko machine, unlike a general pachinko game machine, the inner frame 12 has an upper tray and a lower tray for storing balls. Omitted.

The front lower frame 14b is covered with a cover made of resin (for example, ABS resin), and the cover is configured so that it cannot be opened/closed or removed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. This prevents the player from touching at least the balls stored in the supply passage (not shown), and the player cannot touch the balls stored in the supply passage to be used in the Pachinko machine It is possible to prevent the player from engaging in any fraudulent acts (for example, fraudulent acts such as changing the ball or applying oil to the ball to change the movement of the ball in the playing area).

At the center of the lower front frame 14b when viewed from the front, a status display device 85 is provided that displays the player's balls, card balance, acquired balls, etc. Note that details of this status display device 85 will be described later.

An operation handle 51 that is operated by a player to drive a ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is disposed on the lower right side of the lower front frame 14b when viewed from the front, and a ball firing unit 112a is installed inside the operation handle 51. A touch sensor 51a for permitting the drive of the operating handle 51, a push-button stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball while the button is pressed, and a rotation operation amount of the operating handle 51 based on changes in electrical resistance. A variable resistor (not shown) for detection is built-in.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of operation, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. The ball is shot with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor which changes with the movement of the ball, and the ball is thereby hit into the front of the game board 13 with a flight distance corresponding to the player's operation. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are off.

On the front side of the area where the game board 13 is mounted in the inner frame 12, a front upper frame (also referred to as a "glass frame") 14a is provided to cover the front surface. In order to support the front upper frame 14a, metal hinges 19 are attached to the inner frame 12 at two positions above and below on the left side in front view of the area where the game board 13 is mounted. The front upper frame 14a is supported as an opening/closing axis on the side where the hinge 19 is provided so as to be openable/closeable toward the front side (front side). When the front upper frame 14a is closed, the front upper frame 14a is locked with respect to the inner frame 12.

The inner frame 12 has a cylinder lock 20 constituting a locking device at the lower center of the end (right end in front view) on the side away from the opening/closing axis of the inner frame 12 and the opening/closing axis of the front upper frame 14a. It is arranged. The locking of the inner frame 12 with respect to the outer frame 11 and the locking of the front upper frame 14a with respect to the inner frame 12 are respectively released by inserting a special key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation. Specifically, when the key inserted into the keyhole 21 is turned to the left, the inner frame 12 is unlocked. On the other hand, when the key inserted into the keyhole 21 is turned clockwise, the front upper frame 14a is unlocked.

The front upper frame 14a is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, etc., and is provided with a window 14c having a substantially elliptical opening in its substantially central portion. A glass unit (not shown) having two sheets of glass is disposed on the back side of the front upper frame 14a, and the front of the game board 13 attached to the inner frame 12 is exposed to the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit. It is visible from the front.

Light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the front upper frame 14a. These light-emitting means are controlled to change the light-emitting mode by lighting up or blinking in response to changes in the game state such as when hitting a jackpot or when reaching a predetermined reach, thereby playing a role in enhancing the performance effect during the game. For example, illumination sections 29 to 33 containing light emitting means such as LEDs are provided around the periphery of the window section 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination parts 29 to 33 function as performance lamps such as jackpot lamps, and each illumination part 29 to 33 lights up by lighting or blinking the built-in LED when there is a jackpot or a reach effect. Or it will blink to notify you that you are hitting the jackpot, or that you are one step away from hitting the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front upper frame 14a (see FIG. 47), there is provided an indicator lamp 34 which has a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and can indicate when a prize ball is being paid out or when an error has occurred.

The front lower frame 14b provided at the lower part of the front upper frame 14a is provided with an operating section 23 at approximately the center thereof. The operation unit 23 is an input device that receives operation instructions from the player, and includes a joystick 23a, an operation button 23b disposed on the left side of the joystick 23a when viewed from the front, and an operation button disposed on the right side of the joystick 23a when viewed from the front. 23c. When the joystick 23a and the operation buttons 23b and 23c are operated by the player, the pachinko machine 10 changes the images displayed in various effects performed on the third symbol display device 81, thereby providing information to the player. There are high expectations that this will be a big hit. This allows players to actively participate in the game.

Here, by providing the operating section 23 on the front lower frame 14b, the following effects can be obtained. That is, since the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment is an internal circulation type pachinko machine, it has a mechanism for circulating balls within the machine, such as a supply passage, which is not provided in a normal pachinko machine. Traditionally, when replacing a pachinko machine, the entire pachinko machine was removed from the island equipment and replaced, but internal circulation type pachinko machines have a mechanism that circulates the balls within the machine, so the unit cost of one pachinko machine is reduced. This is more expensive than regular pachinko machines, resulting in higher costs for replacing pachinko machines.

What greatly differs among the various models and models of pachinko machines is the shape of the game board 13 and the front upper frame 14a. Therefore, the outer frame 11, the inner frame 12 that includes the mechanism for circulating the balls inside the machine, and the front lower frame 14b that covers the common passage and is equipped with the operation section 23 are made common to each model and model, and the pachinko machine is When replacing pachinko machines, if you replace the upper front frame 14a and the game board 13, you can reuse the outer frame 11, inner frame 12, and lower front frame 14b for each model/model. The costs associated with this can be kept low.

When replacing the pachinko machine in this way, if the operating section 23 is provided in the lower front frame 14b as in the seventh embodiment, the operating section 23 can be left in the lower front frame 14b when replacing the pachinko machine. The front upper frame 14a and the game board 13 can be replaced together. Therefore, the cost required for the operation section 23 can be reduced for each model/model.

A card sanding device 71 is arranged on the left side of the pachinko machine 10 when viewed from the front. This card sanding device 71 is provided with a bill insertion slot 72 for inserting banknotes and a card insertion slot 73 for inserting a membership card or a guest card (not shown).

A membership card is a recording medium for gaming issued to a member player who has registered as a member of a gaming hall, and a guest card is a recording medium for gaming issued to a general player who has not registered as a member of a gaming hall. It is a recording medium. The member card and the guest card are composed of IC cards, and record the gaming value owned by the player (for example, card balance (amount data), etc.).

The guest card is always provided inside the card sanding device 71 and serves as an alternative to the membership card for players who do not have a membership card. When a player inserts a banknote into the banknote slot 72 in a state where there is no banknote, the amount data corresponding to the banknote is recorded on the guest card provided in the card sanding device 71. Note that the functions of the guest card are the same as those of the member card and functions other than the member ID, so the explanation regarding the guest card will be omitted below.

In this embodiment, if the card sanding device 71 is not equipped with a member card or a guest card, an error state occurs in which the player is prohibited from inserting banknotes. With this configuration, unless a member card or a guest card is inserted into the card sanding device 71, bills cannot be inserted into the bill slot 72. Since the player is configured to be able to insert banknotes into the card sanding device 71 only when the error state is canceled and the card sanding device 71 is in a normal state, the amount data corresponding to the banknotes can be recorded on the membership card without fail. . An error state in which a member card or a guest card is not provided inside the card sanding device 71 occurs when a member card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73 by a player, or a guest card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73 by a staff member of the game hall. It is configured so that it is resolved by being input.

A ball lending button 74 for obtaining lending balls is provided below the bill slot 72. When the player operates the ball lending button 74, as long as there is amount data on the membership card, the ball lending rate is set in advance for each lending amount unit preset in the card sanding device 71, according to the same preset lending rate. Then, the rented balls are added (stored) to the pachinko machine 10 as usable balls.

Specifically, for example, in the card sanding device 71, when the loan amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 4 yen per ball, the ball lending button 74 is operated by the player. In this case, 125 balls are lent to the player. In addition, if the player operates the ball lending button 74 in a situation where the loan amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 2 yen per ball, the player will receive 250 balls for loan. It is lent to. Furthermore, if the player operates the ball lending button 74 in a situation where the lending amount unit is set to 500 yen and the lending rate is set to 1 yen per ball, the player will receive 500 balls for loan. It is lent to.

The lending rate is transmitted and set in advance from the hall computer 500 (see FIG. 26) to the card sanding device 71. For example, when the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on, a signal indicating that the power of the card sanding device 71 has been turned on is transmitted to the hall computer 500, and the hall computer 500 that has received the signal transmits the signal to the card sanding device 71. , a rate signal related to the lending rate corresponding to the card sanding device 71 is transmitted. Then, the card sanding device 71 that has received the rate signal sets the lending rate by storing the lending rate specified by the rate signal in a predetermined area of the RAM (not shown) in the card sanding device 71. do. This set rental rate (base price) is displayed on the status display device 85. By checking the rental rate displayed on the status display device 85, the player can know the unit price (exchange rate) of the rental balls in the pachinko machine 10 corresponding to the card sanding device 71.

Further, the unit of loan amount is also sent and set in advance from the hall computer 500 (see FIG. 26) to the card sanding device 71. For example, when the power of the card sanding device 71 is turned on, a signal indicating that the power of the card sanding device 71 has been turned on is transmitted to the hall computer 500, and the hall computer 500 that has received the signal transmits the signal to the card sanding device 71. In response to this, the rate signal described above is transmitted to the card sanding device 71, and
An amount unit signal related to the loan amount unit corresponding to the card sanding device 71 is transmitted. Then, the card sanding device 71 that has received the amount unit signal stores the lending amount unit specified by the amount unit signal in a predetermined area of the RAM (not shown) in the card sanding device 71. Set monetary units. This set loan amount unit is displayed on the status display device 85. By checking the loan amount unit displayed on the status display device 85, the player can know the loan amount unit in the pachinko machine 10 corresponding to the card sanding device 71.

A return button 75 for requesting the return of the membership card inserted into the card insertion slot 73 is provided below the ball rental button 74 (lower side in FIG. 47). In the seventh embodiment, when the return button 75 is pressed, the card sanding device 71 receives from the pachinko machine 10 the number of won prize balls (number of balls in possession) displayed on the status display device 85 at that time. Points are converted at a predetermined exchange rate (same as the rental rate), and the converted points are cumulatively added to the membership card as savings data. Then, the member card storing the accumulated savings data is ejected from the card insertion slot 73.

As an example of converting points at a predetermined exchange rate, for example, if there are 1000 shares that can be shared, in the card sanding device 71 that is set to exchange 4 yen per ball, 1000 balls x 4 yen = 4000 points. will be added to your membership card. In addition, in the card sanding device 71 set to exchange 2 yen per ball, 1000 balls x 2 yen = 2000 points are added to the member card. Further, in the card sanding device 71 set to exchange 1 yen per ball, 1000 points x 1 yen = 1000 points are added to the membership card.

The card sanding device 71 is also provided with various lamps such as a card available lamp 76, a lending available lamp 77a, and an error display lamp 77b.

The card usable lamp 76 is a lamp for informing whether or not a membership card can be inserted into the card insertion slot 73. The card sanding device 71 turns on the card usable lamp 76 when the membership card can be inserted into the card insertion slot 73. The player can determine whether or not the membership card can be inserted into the card sanding device 71 based on the lighting state of the card usable lamp 76.

Note that after the power is turned on, the card sanding device 71 receives a counting permission signal indicating that the loan rate and loan amount unit are set and the number of balls in possession is ready to be counted. The available lamp 76 is not turned on, and membership card reception is not permitted. That is, the rate signal and monetary unit signal from the hall computer 500 serve as lending permission signals to the card sanding device 71, and the counting permission signal plays the role of lending permission signals to the card sanding device 71. Then, when the card sanding device 71 determines that the setting of the lending rate and lending amount unit is completed and furthermore, it is possible to count the number of balls in possession, the card sanding device 71 turns on the card available lamp 76 and the membership card can be accepted. The player is notified that this has occurred.

The rental available lamp 77a is a lamp for notifying the player whether or not balls can be rented. The rental available lamp 77a is lit when the ball can be rented. Normally, the card sanding device 71 turns off the loanable lamp 77a. Then, a membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73, and only when it is confirmed that the membership card is not fraudulent and is legitimate, the card sanding device 71 turns on the rental ready lamp 77a and To inform the person that the ball can be lent. On the other hand, even if the membership card is inserted into the card insertion slot 73, if the validity of the membership card cannot be confirmed, the card sanding device 71 will leave the lending ready lamp 77a unlit, and will Refuse the loan request. Further, acceptance of banknotes into the banknote slot 72 is also not permitted. Thereby, it is possible to notify the player that balls cannot be lent out using the membership card inserted into the card insertion slot 73, and that balls cannot be lent out based on cash. In this case, the player can take measures such as calling a clerk at the game hall to check whether the data stored on the membership card has been destroyed.

In this way, in this pachinko machine 10, in order to play a game using balls, one must insert a valid membership card into the card insertion slot 73, or insert cash into the bill insertion slot 72 without inserting a membership card. It is necessary to invest.

The error display lamp 77b is a lamp that lights up when a predetermined error occurs. The card sanding device 71 turns on the error display lamp 77b when a predetermined error is detected internally. For example, if it is confirmed that the membership card inserted into the card insertion slot 73 is not legitimate but fraudulent, the error display lamp 77b is turned on. A clerk at the game hall can recognize that a predetermined error has occurred in the card sanding device 71 by checking that the error display lamp 77b is lit. Thereby, the clerk at the game hall can take necessary measures against an error that occurs in the card sanding device 71.

Next, referring to FIG. 49, the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b are unlocked for the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 in the seventh embodiment, and the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b are unlocked. The opened pachinko machine 10 and the state in which the front upper frame 14a and the game board 13 are removed from the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 49(a) is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the front upper frame 14a and front lower frame 14b opened from the outer frame 11 and inner frame 12. FIG. 2 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 with the game board 13 removed.

A front upper side seal 440 is attached to the upper left side of the rear side of the front upper frame 14a of the seventh embodiment. This front upper side seal 440 includes a front frame QR code 441 that expresses unique information such as a front upper frame serial number (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "front frame number") unique to the front upper frame 14a in a two-dimensional code. is printed. This front frame QR code 441 encodes various data such as the front frame number (for example, AA-Z 111111), the manufacturer's name (for example, manufacturer A), and the frame name (for example, ○○ frame). It is configured such that each of the above data can be read by a reading device 600 (see FIG. 26).

In the seventh embodiment, when the front upper frame 14a is opened from the inner frame 12, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 is exposed and can be read by the reading device 600, and the game board 13 ( The board QR code 401, the frame QR code 411, and the main board QR code 421a are configured to be readable by the reading device 600 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10). As a result, while the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11 (that is, without unlocking the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11), the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b can be moved from the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 12 to the front upper frame 14a and the front lower frame 14b. By simply unlocking (without unlocking the inner frame 12), the board QR code 401, the frame QR code 411, the main board QR code 421a, and the front frame QR code 441 can be read. Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, main control device 110, and front upper frame 14a in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Further, in the upper right corner of the game board 13 in the seventh embodiment when viewed from the front, a front visibility window 13b is formed that allows the front side of the Pachinko machine 10 to be viewed from the back side of the Pachinko machine 10. This front visibility window 13b is made of transparent resin without any decoration printed or arranged, so when the front upper frame 14a is locked to the inner frame 12, the inner frame 12 is separated from the outer frame 11. When the pachinko machine 10 (inner frame 12) is unlocked and rotated, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 affixed to the front upper frame 14a is made visible from the back side of the pachinko machine 10 (inner frame 12). It is formed. Thereby, the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 can be read by the reading device 600 from the back side of the pachinko machine 10 without unlocking the front upper frame 14a from the inner frame 12, and the pachinko machine A back panel QR code 402, a frame back QR code 412, and a main board back QR code 422 are configured to be readable by the reading device 600 from the back side of the machine 10 (inner frame 12). As a result, a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall can use the QR code on the back of the board while locking the front upper frame 14a to the inner frame 12 and unlocking only the inner frame 12 from the outer frame 11. 402, frame back QR code 412, main board back QR code 422, and front frame QR code 441 can be read. Therefore, it is possible to streamline the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, main control device 110, and front upper frame 14a in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate.

Furthermore, in the seventh embodiment, when the pachinko machine 10 is viewed from the back side, the main board seal is attached to the lower left side (see FIG. 25) of the main controller 110 when viewed from the front (when viewed from the back of the pachinko machine 10). 420, the back side QR code 422 of the main board 420, the back side QR code 402 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the rear (see Figure 24), and the lower left side of the inner frame 12 when viewed from the rear (see Figure 24). The frame back QR code 412 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the front upper frame 14a (see 23) and the front frame QR code 441 of the front upper side seal 440 affixed to the front upper frame 14a are arranged so as to overlap on a vertical line. Ru. As a result, when a person in charge of the manufacturer or a person concerned with the game hall performs confirmation work with the inner frame 12 open, it becomes easier to grasp the position of each QR code 402, 412, 422, and 441, and The work of checking the panel 13, inner frame 12, main controller 110, and front upper frame 14a can be made more efficient.

<Eighth embodiment>
Next, with reference to FIG. 50, a pachinko machine 10 in an eighth embodiment will be described.

In the fifth embodiment, when the front frame 14 is open, the board QR code 401 provided on the game board 13 and the frame QR code 411 provided on the inner frame 12 are read from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The game board 13 is configured to be readable by the reading device 600, and a back side viewing window 13a is formed on the game board 13, and the main controller 110 installed on the back side of the game board 13 can be read from the back side viewing window 13a. The main board sticker 420 is attached to a position where the entire board surface QR code 421a is visible, and when the front frame 14 is in an open state, the board surface QR code 401, the frame surface QR code 411 and the main board surface QR code 421a are displayed. is configured to be readable by the reading device 600.

On the other hand, in the eighth embodiment, the front frame 14 is provided with a front side back side viewing window 14e at a position corresponding to the panel front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411, and the front frame 14 is attached to the inner frame 12. When the game board 13 is locked (that is, the player can play the game), the board QR code 401 provided on the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 can be seen through the front side rear viewing window 14e. and a frame table QR code 411 provided on a frame side sticker 410 affixed to the inner frame 12 are configured to be readable by the reading device 600. In addition, the front frame 14 is not provided with the window covering portion 14d, and the main board surface QR code 421a provided on the main board sticker 420 affixed to the board box 100 of the main controller 110 is configured to be readable by the reading device 600. do.

The following will focus on the differences between the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the eighth embodiment from the pachinko machine 10, hall computer 500, reading device 600, etc. in the first to seventh embodiments. explain. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to seventh embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 50 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment. The eighth embodiment differs from the fifth embodiment etc. mainly in that the front frame 14 is provided with a window 14e for viewing the front side back side, and when the front frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 12, the front The board front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411 are configured to be readable from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the side and back side visibility windows 14e, and the front frame 14 is provided with a window covering section 14d. First, the main board surface QR code 421a provided on the main board sticker 420 affixed to the board box 100 of the main control device 110 is read by the reading device 600 through the rear viewing window 13a of the game board 13 and the glass unit 16. The point is that it is configured so that it can be read.

As shown in FIG. 50, at the lower right side of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front, a window 14e for viewing the front and rear surfaces made of transparent resin is provided. This front side back side viewing window 14e is a pachinko machine that displays the board front QR code 401 of the board side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13 and the frame front QR code 411 of the frame side sticker 410 affixed to the inner frame 12. The board QR code 401 and the frame QR code 411 are provided on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 so that they can be read by the reading device 600 from the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the front side rear viewing window 14e. ing.

Further, as described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the front frame 14 is not provided with the window covering portion 14d as in the fifth embodiment, and the window covering portion 14d provided on the game board 13 is The main board surface QR code 421a of the main board sticker 420 attached to the board box 100 of the main controller 110 is configured to be readable by the reading device 600 through the window portion 13a.

With this configuration, even when the front frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 12, the board QR code 401, the frame QR code 411, and the main board surface can be accessed from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The QR code 421a can be read by the reading device 600, and is displayed on the model name logo of the pachinko machine 10 (for example, XX Story), the board display of the game board 13, or the third symbol display device 81. Confirmation work can be performed while checking identification information such as designs. Therefore, it is possible to eliminate the need for an unlocking operation for the pachinko machine 10 during the confirmation work, thereby streamlining the work of checking whether the combination of the game board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 in the pachinko machine 10 is appropriate. can do.

Although the present invention has been described above based on each embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned embodiments in any way, and various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. This can be easily inferred. For example, the numerical values listed in each of the above embodiments are merely examples, and it is of course possible to employ other numerical values.

Further, it is naturally possible to configure any of the configurations of the modified examples shown below by combining the configurations of the respective embodiments described above. Furthermore, it is naturally possible to configure any of the configurations of the following modified examples by combining each configuration of one or more other modified examples. In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration. The following explanation will be based on the component numbers used in the description of the first embodiment, but it is of course possible to replace them with the component numbers of the same type or similar components in other embodiments.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above embodiments, the game machine serial numbers of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 are written using "QR codes" which are matrix-type two-dimensional codes, and each QR code 401 etc. is read. I was checking. On the other hand, the game machine serial number, etc. is recorded using a one-dimensional barcode, another matrix-type two-dimensional code, or a stack-type two-dimensional code, and the code is read and verified. It's okay. For example, if it is another matrix-type two-dimensional code, "Veri Code (registered trademark)", "DataMatrix (registered trademark) Code", "Micro QR Code", "Maxi Code", "Code1", or "Aztec (registered trademark) Code" or the like may be used. Furthermore, as long as it is a stack type two-dimensional code, "PDF417", "Micro pdf417", "Code49", "Code16K", etc. may be used.

<Modification 2>
In each of the embodiments described above, the gaming machine serial number and the like are encoded using a QR code. On the other hand, the gaming machine serial number or the like may be encoded using other encoded identification information. Specifically, for example, "color bit" encoded information that converts codes by image recognition of the order of the three colors red, blue, and green, and specific information that is invisible to the human eye in a predetermined design. "Digital Mark" is an electronic watermark technology that recognizes the specific information indicated by the digital mark embedded in the design by printing a digital mark embedded in the design and reading the design with a reading device equipped with dedicated reading software. The gaming machine serial number or the like may be encoded using the encoded information. With this configuration, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved compared to a two-dimensional code such as a QR code.

<Modification 3>
In each of the embodiments described above, the game machine serial number and the like are encoded using a QR code, which is a two-dimensional code, and the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is verified by reading the encoded information. On the other hand, IC tags that store the game machine serial numbers of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 are embedded in the game board 13 and the inner frame 12, respectively, and RFID (Radio Frequency IDentifier) technology is used to identify the game board 13 and the inner frame 12. It may be configured to match combinations of frames 12. Since RFID enables and easily performs communication during shielding and multiple simultaneous communications, the degree of freedom in mounting the game board 13 and inner frame 12 can be increased, and the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 4>
In the first embodiment, the board side seal 400 includes the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402 in one seal 400 . On the other hand, separate stickers may be attached to the front side and the back side of the game board 13, respectively. Further, the frame side seal 410 may also be configured so that separate separate seals are attached to the front side and the back side of the inner frame 12, respectively. With this configuration, it is possible to improve the degree of freedom in where each sticker 400, 410 is attached. In addition, by pasting the board-side sticker and frame-side sticker affixed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10, or the board-side sticker and frame-side sticker affixed on the back side of the pachinko machine 10, at positions close to each other, 2. When using a reading device 600 that can read QR codes at the same time, it is possible to easily perform confirmation work from the front side or the back side of the pachinko machine 10.

<Modification 5>
In the first embodiment, the main board seal 420 of the main controller 110 is attached at a position apart from the panel side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. On the other hand, the main board seal 420 may be attached near the board side seal 400 and the frame side seal 410. That is, when attaching the main board sticker 420 to the board box 100 of the main controller 110, it is attached so as to be near the location where the panel side sticker 400 and the frame side sticker 410 are attached. With this configuration, for example, it is possible to instantly perform confirmation work on the pachinko machine 10 using a reading device that can read three QR codes at the same time.

<Modification 6>
In each of the embodiments described above, the QR code is printed on the board side seal 400, the frame side seal 410, and the main board seal 420. On the other hand, the QR code may be directly printed on the game board 13, the inner frame 12, or the board box 100 of the main controller 110. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent mistakes in pasting the sticker.

<Modification 7>
In each of the embodiments described above, the main board sticker 420 is attached to the board box 100 of the main controller 110. On the other hand, the QR code may be directly pasted or printed on the main control board (not shown) of the main control device 110. By affixing or printing the QR code directly on the main control board, which has security measures such as a sealing unit, it is difficult to forge the QR code, and prevent fraudulent acts such as changing the main board seal 420. Can be suppressed.

<Modification 8>
In each of the embodiments described above, a QR code is provided on the front side and the back side of the pachinko machine 10 so that the gaming machine serial number etc. can be read, so that the gaming machine serial number etc. can be read from either direction. It had been. On the other hand, a QR code that can read the gaming machine serial number, etc. may be provided only in one direction (for example, only on the back side).

<Modification 9>
In each of the embodiments described above, the frame side sticker 410 provided with the frame back QR code 412 in the inner frame 12 was configured to be affixed to the inner frame 12 itself. On the other hand, the frame side sticker 410 may be attached to the payout control device 111. Further, as the board-side sticker 400 affixed to the game board 13, the board-side sticker 400 may be affixed to the board box 100 of the main controller 110. That is, the main board seal 420 is not provided, and instead of the main board seal 420, the board side seal 400 is attached to the board box 100 of the main controller 110. With this configuration, the game board 13 (main control device 110) and the inner frame 12 may be checked by reading the QR code attached to each control device 110, 111. . In this case, it is assumed that the game board 13 and the main control device 110 always match (integrate) and that the main control device 110 is not replaced.

<Modification 10>
In the first embodiment, the configuration is such that two QR codes 401, 411, etc. are read simultaneously. On the other hand, the configuration may be such that the QR codes 401, 411, etc. of 1 are read one by one. Specifically, for example, after reading the QR code in the inner frame 12 first, measurement for a predetermined time (for example, within 10 seconds) is started on the condition that the QR code is in the inner frame 12, and the predetermined time is The QR code on the game board 13 may be read within a predetermined time period, and if they do not match, or if it is not read within a predetermined time, an error signal may be output. With this configuration, the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 can be collated using a general-purpose reading device without using a dedicated reading device 600 that can read two QR codes at the same time. Note that, if a predetermined time has elapsed, the configuration may be such that an initialization process such as erasing the previously read QR code is performed without outputting an error signal.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, the two-dimensional code attached to the pachinko machine 10 is read by the reading device 600 to authenticate the game board number, slot number, and main board number. In response, a two-dimensional code that encodes the installation position information of the gaming machine (information regarding the installation position of the gaming machine in the gaming hall) etc. is attached to the island equipment, and the two-dimensional code and the two-dimensional code attached to the pachinko machine 10 are attached to the island equipment. The dimensional code may be used to authenticate whether or not the installation position in the game hall and the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 are appropriate. Specifically, for example, at the time of purchasing the pachinko machine 10, the game hall stores (inputs) the installation position of the pachinko machine 10 in the game hall in advance. Then, whether or not the pachinko machine 10 is properly installed at the input installation position is checked by comparing the two-dimensional code encoded with the installation position information etc. with the two-dimensional code attached to the pachinko machine 10. This makes it possible to determine whether or not the pachinko machine 10 or its parts have been illegally replaced.

<Modification 12>
In each of the above embodiments, each QR code 401 etc. is attached with a two-dimensional code in which a gaming machine serial number etc. is encoded, and by reading the QR code 401 etc. with the reading device 600, the game indicated by the QR code 401 etc. It was configured to be able to recognize machine serial numbers, etc. On the other hand, each QR code 401 etc. is composed of a two-dimensional code that encrypts the gaming machine serial number etc., and when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401 etc., the encrypted gaming machine serial number etc. Even if the configuration is such that the content of the QR code 401, etc. read for the first time is decrypted using a decryption key stored in the reading device 600, and the gaming machine serial number etc. can be recognized. good. With this configuration, it is possible to make it impossible to accurately read the gaming machine serial number, etc. without using the dedicated reading device 600 that stores the decryption key, thereby preventing fraudulent activities such as forging the gaming machine serial number, etc. can be prevented.

<Modification 13>
In each of the embodiments described above, a match between the data read by the reading device 600 and the combination data is determined. On the other hand, the reading device 600 may be configured to perform a QR code reading process, transmit the read data to the hall computer 500, and then make a match determination between the read data and the combination data in the hall computer 500. . With this configuration, storage of the combination data in the reading device 600 and control processing such as determining whether the read data and the combination data match are unnecessary, and the reading device 600 can have a simple configuration.

<Modification 14>
In each of the embodiments described above, the board front QR code 401 and the frame front QR code 411, or the board back QR code 402 and the frame back QR code 412 are provided at adjacent positions, respectively. On the other hand, the front frame QR code 411 or the back frame QR code 412 may be provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm) from the front QR code 401 or the back QR code 402. With this configuration, by providing the frame front QR code 411 or the frame back QR code 412 in a position close to the board front QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402, the board front QR code 401 and the frame front In addition to making it easier to recognize the QR code 411, the board back QR code 402, and the frame back QR code 412, the degree of freedom in the design of the pachinko machine 10 is increased because the degree of freedom in the attachment position of the board side sticker 400 or the frame side sticker 410 is increased. can be improved.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the data servers 701 to 703 of each manufacturer MA to MC are configured to be able to communicate with the hall computer 500, and the combination data and decoding information generated by the data servers 701 to 703 are sent to the hall computer 500. It was configured to output. On the other hand, by temporarily outputting the combination data and decoding information generated by the data servers 701 to 703 to a USB memory, etc., and connecting the USB memory to the hall computer 500 and the reading device 600, the combination data and decoding information can be processed. The information may be configured to be input into the hall computer 500 or the reading device 600.

<Modification 16>
In each of the embodiments described above, an error signal is output to the hall computer 500 when the reading device 600 determines that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect. On the other hand, if it is determined by the reading device 600 that the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 is incorrect, the data servers 701 to 703 of the manufacturers MA to MC also record the combination of the game board 13 and the inner frame 12. It may be configured to notify that the combination is incorrect. With this configuration, if an unauthorized exchange of game boards 13 is carried out at the initiative of the game hall, the above fraudulent act can be recognized by the manufacturers MA to MC, thereby suppressing the fraudulent activity at the initiative of the game hall. can.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above embodiments, when a new pachinko machine 10 is purchased, the reading device 600 is entrusted to the manufacturers MA to MC, and the decryption information is stored in the decryption key 603b of the reading device 600 at the manufacturers MA to MC. It was composed. In response to this, first, an encryption key, which is the public key of the reading device 600, is transmitted to the data servers 701 to 703 via the hall computer 500. Further, the reading device 600 manages a decryption key that can decrypt information encrypted with the encryption key as a secret key. Then, the data servers 701 to 703 encrypt the combination information using the encryption key, and transmit the encrypted combination information to the reading device 600 via the hall computer 500. The reading device 600 then decrypts the encrypted combination information based on the decryption key that it owns. With this configuration, since the hall computer 500 cannot grasp the contents of the combination information generated by the data servers 701 to 703, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts led by the gaming hall.

<Modification 18>
In the above embodiment, in the confirmation work of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423, the person in charge of the manufacturer and the main controller 110, access the manufacturer's data server site on your own mobile terminal (for example, a smartphone) and log in by entering prescribed authentication information on the site. It is configured so that confirmation work can be performed in the current state. In response to this, a dedicated app is installed on the mobile phone, and it is possible to check QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422, and number information 403, 413, 423 on the app. It may be configured as follows. With this configuration, by storing the game board number, slot number, main board number, etc. in the app in advance, confirmation work can be performed even in situations where data communication with the manufacturer's data server is not possible. can.

<Modification 19>
In the embodiment described above, the game board 13 is provided with a rear viewing window 13a so that the main board front QR code 421a can be read from the front side of the game board 13. Alternatively, a notch may be provided in a portion (one side) of the game board 13, and the main board surface QR code 421a may be located at a position corresponding to the notch.

<Modification 20>
In the above embodiment, if at least one of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 can be read, it is determined that the number information has been read successfully, It is configured to perform a process of determining whether the combination is normal or not. On the other hand, if both the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 are successfully read, it is determined that the number information has been successfully read, and the combination is It may be configured to perform a process of determining whether or not it is normal. By configuring it in this way, if a fraudulent act such as forging one of the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 and the number information 403, 413, 423 is performed, the combination This can be regarded as an abnormality, and can increase the deterrent effect of fraudulent acts.

<Modification 21>
In the above embodiment, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 of one pachinko machine 10 installed in the island equipment is read, and one pachinko machine 10 is read. It is configured to determine whether or not the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in No. 1 is normal, and during the confirmation work on the Pachinko machine No. 1 (for example, only the board QR code 401). After reading, if the QR code 411 or the like provided on the adjacent pachinko machine 10 installed on the island equipment is read, the combination is determined to be inappropriate. In contrast, QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 regarding predetermined game parts (for example, game board 13) between one pachinko machine 10 and the adjacent pachinko machine 10 installed in the island facility After reading the predetermined game parts of all the pachinko machines 10 installed in the island equipment, a QR code related to other game parts (for example, the inner frame 12) different from the predetermined game parts is read. 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, and 422 may be read continuously to perform confirmation work. In this case, after reading only 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 related to the predetermined game parts continuously from one end of the island equipment to the other end, You may go back and read the QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 regarding other game parts different from the predetermined game part continuously from one end side to the other end, or After reading only 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 related to a predetermined game component continuously from one end of the island equipment to the other end, the system reads continuously from the other end of the island equipment to one end. QR codes 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 regarding other game parts different from the predetermined game part may be read continuously. In addition, in the case where only the game board 13 has already been changed in a predetermined island facility, the frame number of the inner frame 12 of each pachinko machine 10 in the island facility has already been read by the reading device 600 in the past confirmation work. , Continuously read the board QR code 401 of each game board 13 in the island equipment and the main board QR code 421a of the main control device 110, and read the frame number of each inner frame 12 read in the past confirmation work, respectively. It may be configured so that it can be verified. With this configuration, it is possible to simplify the confirmation work and save labor (reducing the amount of movement, etc.) and improve work efficiency. Since it is possible to understand the model configuration of the pachinko machines 10 installed in the island facility (contents of other manufacturers' pachinko machines), it is possible to obtain data that contributes to business activities based on the model structure. In addition, when performing confirmation work by providing a QR code on the front frame 14, the QR code provided on each front frame 14 of a plurality of pachinko machines 10 installed on a predetermined island equipment is attached to a predetermined end of the island equipment. The QR codes 401, 402, 411, 401, 402, 411, 401, 402, 411, 401, 402, 411, etc. are read continuously from one end to the other end of the island equipment, and then continuously read from one end of the island equipment to the other end. 412, 421a, and 422 may be read continuously.

<Modification 22>
In the above embodiment, in the confirmation work, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 of one pachinko machine 10 is read, and the game on one pachinko machine 10 is read. It is configured to determine whether the combination of the board 13, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal or not, and after reading the confirmation work in the first pachinko machine 10 (for example, only the board QR code 401). , if the QR code 411 etc. provided on the adjacent pachinko machine 10 installed on the island equipment is read, it is determined that the combination is inappropriate. On the other hand, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or number information 403, 413, 423 of one pachinko machine 10 is read, and each QR code 401, 402 of the adjacent pachinko machine 10 is read. , 411, 412, 421a, 422, or number information 403, 413, 423 to determine whether the combination in the pachinko machine 10 and the installation position in the island installation are appropriate. . In this case, it is necessary to know in advance the positional relationship of the pachinko machines 10 installed on the island facility. With this configuration, it is possible to check whether the pachinko machines 10 installed in the island equipment are installed at appropriate positions and whether the combination of the game board 13, inner frame 12, and main control device 110 in one pachinko machine 10 is normal. You can check at the same time whether or not.

<Modification 23>
In the above embodiment, when the Pachinko machine 10 with internal circulation is adopted, the game board 13 and the front upper frame 14a are configured to be replaceable when changing the model. On the other hand, when the front upper frame 14a is commonly used between models and only the game board 13 is configured to be replaceable, the front upper side seal 440 is not attached to the front upper frame 14a. Good too. By not attaching the front upper side seal 440 to the front upper frame 14a that is not to be replaced when changing the model, the checking work for the front upper frame 14a is unnecessary, and the checking work can be reduced.

<Modification 24>
In the above embodiment, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 is read. The information changes depending on the content read, and notifies you as to which game parts have been read or not. On the other hand, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the read content is displayed in text on the display unit 611, It may be configured to output a voice message depending on the read content. When outputting audio, audio may be superimposed and output according to the read content. For example, when the game board 13 is read, a "do" sound is output, when the inner frame 12 is read, a "mi" sound is output, and when the main controller 110 is read, a "so" sound is output. It may be configured such that the chord of "domiso" is output when all the chords are read.

<Modification 25>
In the above embodiment, when the reading device 600 successfully reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the background color of the display section 611 of the reading device 600 It is configured to change. In contrast, the reading device 600 is vibrated by the vibration function to confirm that the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 has been successfully read (recognized). Alternatively, a reading sound may be output to notify whether or not the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423 has been successfully read.

<Modification 26>
In the above embodiment, when the internal circulation type pachinko machine 10 is adopted, the respective stickers 400, 410, 420, and 440 are attached to the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the inner frame 12, and the main controller 110. It consists of On the other hand, in addition to the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the inner frame 12, and the main controller 110, stickers with a QR code printed on them are pasted on the front lower frame 14b, and the QR code is read. By reading with the device 600, it may be possible to check whether the combination of the game board 13, the front upper frame 14a, the front lower frame 14b, the inner frame 12, and the main control device 110 is normal.

<Modification 27>
In the above embodiment, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the background color of the reading device 600 is changed by additive color mixture. It is configured as follows. On the other hand, when the reading device 600 reads the QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421a, 422 or the number information 403, 413, 423, the background color of the reading device 600 is changed by subtractive color mixing. It may be configured as follows. In this case, if the three colors yellow, cyan, and magenta are used as the display colors displayed when the image is read, the display colors can be suitably realized by subtractive color mixture.

<Modification 28>
In the above embodiment, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421, 421a, 421 is read by the reading device 600 by pasting each sticker 400, 410, 420, 430, 440 on a planar portion (flat portion). , 431, 432, and 441. In contrast, a portion of each game component that has a predetermined unevenness, a curved surface shape, or an inclined surface that is inclined at a predetermined angle (for example, 30 degrees) with respect to the vertical direction in which the pachinko machine 10 is installed. A QR code may be printed or pasted on the device and read by the reading device 600. QR codes have an alignment pattern that corrects misalignment and distortion that occurs in each cell even when reading from an angle, so even if there is some unevenness or distortion, The QR code can also be read by the reading device 600. By configuring in this way, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in designing each game component, and it is also possible to increase the degree of freedom in the arrangement position of the QR code.

<Modification 29>
In the embodiment described above, each QR code 401, 402, 411, 412, 421, 421a, 422, 431, 432, 441 or number information 403, 413, 423 is read by the reading device 600, and the parts in the pachinko machine 10 are read. It is determined whether the combination is normal or not. On the other hand, it may be configured such that each component is provided with an IC chip that stores identification information, and the IC chip is read by the reading device 600 to determine whether or not the combination of components in the pachinko machine 10 is normal. .

In the above embodiment, each command is sent from the main controller 110 to the audio lamp controller 113, and the audio lamp controller 113 instructs the display controller 114 to display. Commands may also be sent directly from the control device 110 to the display control device 114. Alternatively, the display control device 114 may be connected to the audio lamp control device 113 so that the display control device 114 sends commands to the audio lamp control device 113 to instruct output of each audio and lighting of the lamp. Furthermore, the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as one control device. By incorporating these into one control device, the number of parts can be reduced and an increase in the cost of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a different type from the above embodiment. For example, there are pachinko machines (commonly known as 2-hit and 3-hit machines) that increase the expected jackpot value until you hit the jackpot once and hit the jackpot multiple times (for example, 2 or 3 times). It may also be implemented as Furthermore, after a jackpot symbol is displayed, the pachinko machine may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that provides a predetermined game value to the player, with the necessary condition of landing a ball in a predetermined area. Furthermore, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone, and enters a special gaming state with the requirement that a ball be won in the special area. Furthermore, in addition to the pachinko machine, the present invention may be implemented as various gaming machines such as arepachi, mahjong ball, slot machine, and a so-called gaming machine that is a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine.

Note that the slot machine is a well-known slot machine in which, for example, the symbols are changed by operating a control lever after inserting a coin and determining the symbol active line, and the symbols are stopped and fixed by operating a stop button. It is something. Therefore, the basic concept of a slot machine is that it is equipped with a display device that variably displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, and then definitively displays the identification information. The changing display of the identification information is started, and the changing display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of a stop operation means (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, and the display is confirmed. A slot machine that generates a special game that gives a predetermined gaming value to the player, with the necessary condition that the combination of identification information at the time is a specific one, and in this case, the gaming medium is typically coins, medals, etc. Examples include:

Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine that is a combination of a pachinko machine and a slot machine, it is equipped with a display device that variably displays a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displays the symbol definitively, and is equipped with a handle for launching a ball. Here are some things that are not. In this case, after a predetermined amount of balls are thrown in based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the pattern starts to fluctuate due to, for example, the operation of the operating lever, and the fluctuation of the symbol starts due to, for example, the operation of the stop button, or As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbols is stopped, and a special game is generated in which a predetermined gaming value is given to the player, with the necessary condition that the determined symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player In this case, a large number of balls are paid out into the lower tray. If such a gaming machine is used in place of a slot machine, only balls can be treated as gaming value in a gaming hall, which reduces the gaming value seen in current gaming halls where pachinko machines and slot machines coexist. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on where gaming machines can be installed can be resolved.

Below, various invention concepts included in the embodiments described above are shown.

<Group A: Encoded information on the game board and inner frame>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group A have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

To explain in more detail, if the above-mentioned application details and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of operations. Therefore, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager, etc. must confirm whether the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation location. .

The above confirmation work is carried out by, for example, a game hall manager or the like visually checking the management number (i.e., frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the management number (i.e., game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, it is confirmed whether the contents of the list submitted to the regulatory authority and the installation positions of the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are correct (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-66088)).

However, since the above-mentioned confirmation work is performed visually by an administrator or the like, even if a dedicated unit is incorrectly attached to a general-purpose unit, there is a risk that the incorrect attachment may be overlooked due to a confirmation error. Further, since a large number of gaming machines are installed in the game hall, the number of man-hours required for the above-mentioned confirmation work increases, and there is a risk that the above-mentioned confirmation mistakes may occur frequently.

The inventions of Group A have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that allows easy confirmation of the gaming machine.

A general-purpose part (for example, the inner frame 12) that is attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
In a gaming machine configured with a dedicated component (for example, a gaming board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played,
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information that can be read by a reading device and that can identify the general-purpose component (for example, a frame front QR code 411 or a frame back QR code 412),
The special parts are:
A game machine characterized by having dedicated information that can be read by the reading device and that can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, or main board QR code 421). A0.

According to game machine A0, general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment installed in the game hall, and dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are installed in general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models. Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading device and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with special information that can be read by a reading device and that can identify the special-purpose part. provided. Thereby, the combination of the general-purpose parts and the special parts can be determined by the reading device rather than by visual inspection by a person, and the compatibility of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, it is possible to easily check the gaming machine while preventing human errors such as mistakes in checking the general-purpose information and the dedicated information.

In gaming machine A0,
A gaming machine A1 characterized in that the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided close to each other.

According to gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A0, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided close to each other. As a result, when the reading device reads the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, since the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are close to each other, it becomes easier to read both pieces of information, and the reading work efficiency of the reading device improves. This has the effect of making it easier to check the gaming machines.

Note that "proximity" refers to cases in which dedicated information is provided adjacent to (nearby, contact with, close contact with) general-purpose information, or cases in which dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm, etc.) from general-purpose information. etc. are exemplified.

In gaming machine A0 or A1,
The general information is
A front general-purpose information display (for example, a frame table QR code 411) arranged on the front side of the gaming machine;
A back side general-purpose information display (for example, a frame back QR code 412) arranged on the back side of the gaming machine,
The dedicated information is
A front-specific information display (for example, board front QR code 401) placed on the front side of the gaming machine;
A gaming machine A1 characterized in that it includes a back side exclusive information display (for example, a board back QR code 402) arranged on the back side of the gaming machine.

According to gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A0 or A1, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general information, a front general information display is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and a back general information display is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. In addition, as dedicated information, a front-only information display is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and a back-only information display is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible for the reading device to read both general-purpose information and dedicated information from either the front side or the back side of the gaming machine, improving the reading efficiency of the reading device and making it easier to check the gaming machine. The effect is that it can be done.

In gaming machine A2,
The front general information display and the back general information display each indicate the same content,
A game machine A3 characterized in that the front side exclusive information display and the back side exclusive information display each indicate the same content.

According to gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the front general-purpose information display and the rear general-purpose information display each show the same content, and the front-side exclusive information display and the back-side exclusive information display each show the same content. This makes it possible for the reading device to read the same content from both the front side and the back side of the gaming machine, improving work efficiency and making it easier to check the gaming machine. be.

In any of gaming machines A0 to A3,
A plate body (for example, a game board 13) forming a game area where games using game media are played on the front side,
The dedicated information is
A gaming machine A4 characterized in that it is a board information display (for example, a board front QR code 401 or a board back QR code 402) that can be read by the reading device and that allows the board to be identified.

According to gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A0 to A3, the following effects are achieved. That is, a game area where games are played using game media is formed on the front side of the board, and a board information display is provided as dedicated information that can be read by a reading device and allows the board to be identified. This has the effect that the general-purpose parts and the board can be checked using the same reading device, and the game machine can be checked easily.

In any of gaming machines A0 to A3,
Comprising a control means (for example, main control device 110) that controls the game,
The dedicated information is
A gaming machine A5 characterized in that it is a control information display (for example, a main board QR code 421) that can be read by the reading device and that allows the control means to be identified.

According to gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A0 to A3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game is controlled by the control means, and a control information display is provided as exclusive information that can be read by a reading device and allows the control means to be identified. This has the effect that it is possible to check the general-purpose parts and the control means using the same reading device, and it is possible to easily check the gaming machine.

In any of gaming machines A1 to A5,
The front side general-purpose information display and the back side general-purpose information display are respectively provided on one general-purpose parts seal (for example, frame side seal 410),
The seal for general-purpose parts is
A game machine A6 characterized in that the front general-purpose information display is attached to the general-purpose part so that it faces the front side of the general-purpose part, and the back general-purpose information display faces the back side of the general-purpose part.

According to gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A1 to A5, the following effects are achieved. That is, a front general-purpose information display and a back general-purpose information display are provided on one general-purpose parts sticker, respectively. Then, the general-purpose parts sticker is affixed to the general-purpose part so that the front general-purpose information display faces the front side of the general-purpose part, and the back general-purpose information display faces the back side of the general-purpose part. As a result, by simply pasting one general-purpose parts sticker on a general-purpose part, it becomes possible to read information that can identify the general-purpose part from the front side and the back side of the general-purpose part, respectively. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of one general-purpose component, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of a sticker.

In any of gaming machines A1 to A6,
The front side exclusive information display and the back side exclusive information display are respectively provided on one exclusive parts seal (for example, the panel side seal 400),
The seal for the special parts is
A game machine A7 characterized in that the front side exclusive information display is attached to the exclusive part so that it faces the front side of the exclusive part, and the back side exclusive information display faces the back side of the exclusive part.

According to gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A1 to A6, the following effects are achieved. That is, a front side exclusive information display and a back side exclusive information display are respectively provided on one exclusive parts seal. Then, the dedicated component sticker is affixed to the dedicated component so that the front dedicated information display faces the front side of the dedicated component and the back dedicated information display faces the back side of the dedicated component. Thereby, by simply pasting one dedicated component sticker on the dedicated component, it becomes possible to read information that can identify the dedicated component from the front side and the back side of the dedicated component, respectively. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of one dedicated component, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of a sticker.

In gaming machine A6 or A7,
The general-purpose parts seal or the dedicated parts seal is
After being affixed to the general-purpose part or the special-purpose part, when an attempt is made to peel it off from the general-purpose part or the special-purpose part, the general-purpose part sticker is applied based on the adhesive strength of the general-purpose part seal or the special-purpose part seal. Alternatively, the game machine A8 is characterized in that the dedicated parts seal has a fragile part (for example, a cut) that can be partially damaged.

According to gaming machine A8, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine A6 or A7, the following effects are achieved. In other words, after pasting a general-purpose parts seal or a special-purpose parts seal on a general-purpose part or a special-purpose part, if you try to remove the general-purpose parts seal or a special-purpose part seal from the general-purpose part or a special-purpose part, Due to the fragile portion provided in the special parts seal, the general parts seal or the special parts seal is partially damaged based on the adhesive force of the general parts seal or the special parts seal. This has the effect of suppressing fraudulent acts such as replacing a general-purpose parts seal or a special-purpose parts seal once affixed to a general-purpose part or a special-purpose part with another general-purpose part or a special-purpose part.

In gaming machine A8,
The weakened part is
A cut where a part of the seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special parts is torn,
The general-purpose parts seal or the dedicated parts seal is
an information display section in which the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is located;
and a margin section that is a part other than the information display section,
The cut is
A gaming machine A9 characterized in that it is not provided in the information display section but is provided in the margin section.

According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine A8, the following effects are achieved. That is, a portion of the seal for general-purpose parts or the seal for special-purpose parts is torn due to the cut provided in the fragile portion. In addition, the information display section provided on the general-purpose parts sticker or the special-purpose parts sticker allows the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information to be located, and the area other than the information display section is used as a margin section. Then, the cut is not provided in the information display section but in the margin section. This prevents the contents of the general-purpose information or special-purpose information located on the information display area from being altered by the cut, while making it possible to partially tear the general-purpose parts sticker or the special-purpose parts sticker when attempting to remove it. becomes. Therefore, it is possible to prevent misreading by the reading device and to prevent fraudulent acts such as unauthorized exchange.

In any of gaming machines A6 to A9,
The general-purpose parts are
When attaching the dedicated component to the general-purpose component, a mounting section (for example, a mounting section 12d) on which a lower part of the dedicated component is placed;
The special parts are:
a contact part (for example, the lower part of the game board 13) that comes into contact with the mounting part when the dedicated part is attached to the general-purpose part;
The general-purpose parts sticker is affixed to a part other than the mounting part, and
A game machine A10 characterized in that the special parts sticker is affixed to a part other than the contact part.

According to gaming machine A10, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A6 to A9, the following effects are achieved. That is, when a dedicated component is attached to a general-purpose component, the lower side of the dedicated component is placed on the mounting portion provided on the general-purpose component. Further, the contact portion provided on the dedicated component makes contact with the mounting portion when the dedicated component is attached to the general-purpose component. Then, the general-purpose component sticker is attached to a portion other than the mounting portion, and the dedicated component sticker is attached to a portion other than the contact portion. As a result, when attaching a dedicated part to a general-purpose part, the general-purpose parts sticker and the dedicated parts sticker are not pasted on the parts where the dedicated part and the general-purpose part rub due to the load of the dedicated part, and the general-purpose parts sticker is attached to the part other than the part where the rubbing occurs. By pasting the parts seal and the dedicated parts seal, there is an effect that the general parts seal and the dedicated parts seal are less likely to rub against each other, and each seal is less likely to be damaged. In particular, the configuration of the gaming machine A8 works well when each seal is provided with a fragile portion.

In any of gaming machines A0 to A10,
A gaming machine A11 characterized in that the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are combined to form one composite information that can be read by the reading device.

According to gaming machine A11, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A0 to A10, the following effects are achieved. That is, the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are combined to form a piece of composite information that can be read by a reading device. This allows the reading device to read the general-purpose information and the dedicated information in one reading operation (processing). Therefore, it is possible to simplify the work of confirming general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and to improve work efficiency.

In any of gaming machines A0 to A11,
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine A12 characterized in that general-purpose specifying information for specifying the general-purpose parts or special-purpose specifying information for specifying the special-purpose parts is displayed as encrypted information.

According to gaming machine A12, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines A0 to A11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the general-purpose specifying information for specifying a general-purpose part or the special-purpose specifying information for specifying a special-purpose part is displayed as general-purpose information or special-purpose information using encrypted information. As a result, for example, it is possible to configure a configuration such that general-purpose specific information or dedicated specific information cannot be decrypted unless a reading device or the like has means for decrypting encrypted information (for example, a decryption key that is decryption information). can. As a result, by making it impossible to decrypt encrypted general-purpose information or special-purpose information without a reading device that has a decryption key, it becomes difficult to forge general-purpose specific information or special-purpose specific information, and general-purpose parts This has the effect of suppressing unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts.

<Group B: Control of reading device>
In a game hall where pachinko machines and other game machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager etc. performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group B have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object of the inventions is to provide a reading device that can easily perform confirmation work on gaming machines.

To explain in more detail, if the above-mentioned application details and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of operations. Therefore, when the game machines installed in the game hall are changed, the game hall manager, etc. must confirm whether the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation location. .

The above confirmation work is carried out by, for example, a game hall manager or the like visually checking the management number (i.e., frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the management number (i.e., game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, confirm whether the contents of the list submitted to the regulatory authority and the installation locations of general-purpose units and dedicated units are correct.

However, since the above-mentioned confirmation work is performed visually by an administrator or the like, even if a dedicated unit is incorrectly attached to a general-purpose unit, there is a risk that the incorrect attachment may be overlooked due to a confirmation error. Further, since a large number of gaming machines are installed in the game hall, the number of man-hours required for the above-mentioned confirmation work increases, and there is a risk that the above-mentioned confirmation mistakes may occur frequently.

The inventions of Group B have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a reading device that can easily perform confirmation work on gaming machines.

In a reading device that can be used for gaming machines installed in a gaming hall,
The gaming machine is
General-purpose parts configured to be usable in multiple models (for example, inner frame 12),
A dedicated part (for example, a game board 13) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played;
The general-purpose parts are
Has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 or frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose part,
The special parts are:
It has dedicated information (for example, the board front QR code 401 or the board back QR code 402) that can identify the dedicated part,
The reading device is
a storage unit (for example, a correspondence data storage unit 603a) that stores combination information regarding the combination of the general-purpose component and the dedicated component;
reading means (for example, first QR scanning unit 607 and/or second QR scanning unit 609) capable of reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively;
determination means (for example, S209 of main processing) for determining read information based on the general-purpose information and the dedicated information read by the reading means and the combination information stored in the storage means;
A reading device B0 characterized by comprising: an output means (for example, a display section 611 or an error signal) that outputs an output based on the determination result by the determination means.

According to the reading device B0, the reading device is configured to be usable for a gaming machine installed in a gaming hall. In addition, the general-purpose parts installed in the gaming machine are configured so that they can be used in multiple models, and the dedicated parts also installed in the gaming machine can be attached to the general-purpose parts, making it possible to play games specific to the machine. configured. Further, a general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that allows the general-purpose part to be identified, and a dedicated component is provided with dedicated information that allows the dedicated part to be identified. Here, the storage means provided in the reading device stores combination information regarding the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and the reading means also provided in the reading device makes it possible to read the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information, respectively. configured. Further, the read information based on the general-purpose information and the dedicated information read by the reading means and the combination information stored in the storage means are determined by the determination means provided in the reading device. Then, the output means provided in the reading device performs an output based on the determination result by the determination means. Thereby, the combination of general-purpose parts and special parts can be determined by a reading device rather than by visual inspection by a person, and by outputting the determination result, it is possible to quickly and accurately determine the compatibility of a gaming machine. Therefore, the checking operation using the reading device has the effect of making it possible to easily check the gaming machine while preventing human errors such as mistakes in checking general-purpose information and dedicated information.

In the reading device B0,
An operation means (for example, an operation unit 610),
The reading means is
A reading device comprising a plurality of reading means (a first QR scanning section 607 and a second QR scanning section 609) that read the general-purpose information and the special information, respectively, based on one operation of the operating means. B1.

According to the reading device B1, the following effects are achieved in addition to the effects provided by the reading device B0. That is, the operating means is provided, and the plurality of reading means provided in the reading means read the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, respectively, based on the operation of one of the operating means. Thereby, by operating the operating means only once, the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information can be read by the reading device, and it is possible to accurately grasp whether the combination of the general-purpose parts and the special-purpose parts is appropriate. Therefore, it is possible to confirm the consistency of the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts with a small amount of work, and it is possible to prevent confirmation errors from occurring. Further, for example, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent general-purpose information in one gaming machine from being read out and exclusive information in another gaming machine.

In the reading device B0 or B1,
The storage means is
an encrypted storage means for storing encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information;
decryption storage means (for example, decryption key 603b) for storing decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encryption storage means;
The determining means is
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the plurality of reading means, the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means is read based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. a decoding execution means for decoding (for example, S208 of the main process);
The method further includes a post-decoding determination unit (for example, S209 of the main process) that determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution unit and the read information read by the reading unit. Characteristic reading device B2.

According to the reading device B2, in addition to the effects provided by the reading device B0 or B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information is stored by the encrypted storage means provided in the storage means. Furthermore, the decryption storage means, which is also provided in the storage means, stores decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encryption storage means. Here, when the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are read by the plurality of reading means, the decryption execution means stored in the determination means determines whether the encrypted storage means The encrypted information stored in is decrypted. Then, the post-decoding determining means, which is also provided in the determining means, determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. As a result, only when the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read together, the encrypted combination information stored in the storage means is decrypted and can be determined as the read information. The configuration is such that it is impossible to tamper with the combination information. Therefore, if a fraudulent act such as unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information with the reading device. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to periodically read and report general-purpose information and special information using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be discovered at an early stage, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. , there is an effect.

In the reading device B2,
The decryption execution means includes:
When the reading means successfully reads both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, the encrypted information is stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. A reading device B3 is characterized in that it decodes.

According to the reading device B3, in addition to the effects provided by the reading device B2, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the reading means successfully reads both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, the decryption executing means decrypts the encrypted data stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. Information is decoded. As a result, if both the general-purpose information and the dedicated information cannot be read correctly, the encrypted combination information will not be decrypted, so fraudulent acts such as falsification of either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information may be carried out. In this case, it becomes impossible to correctly determine the combination information and the read information. With this configuration, if a fraudulent act such as unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is committed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to periodically read and report general-purpose information and special information using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be discovered at an early stage, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. , there is an effect.

In the reading device B0,
An operation means (for example, an operation unit 610),
The reading means is
comprising an independent reading unit (for example, a reading device 600a) that reads one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information based on one operation of the operating unit,
The determining means is
The read information and the combination information are determined if after reading one of the general purpose information or the special information, the other special information or the general purpose information is read before a predetermined condition is satisfied. A reading device B4.

According to the reading device B4, in addition to the effects provided by the reading device B0, the following effects are achieved. That is, an operating means is provided, and a single reading means provided in the reading means reads one piece of general-purpose information or special information based on one operation of the operating means. Then, after reading one general-purpose information or special-purpose information, if the other special-purpose information or general-purpose information is read before a predetermined condition is satisfied, the determination means determines whether the read information or the combination information is read. Therefore, for example, even if a reading device that is not capable of reading information 2 is used, but a reading device that is capable of reading information 1 is used, it is still necessary to perform the work of confirming whether a general-purpose part is a specialized part or not. becomes possible. This eliminates the need for a special reading device that can read general-purpose information and special-purpose information in one operation, and any reading device that can read one general-purpose information or special-purpose information can read general-purpose information and special-purpose information. becomes possible. Therefore, there is an effect that the cost for preparing a special reading device can be reduced.

Note that the predetermined condition is, for example, until a predetermined time (period) has elapsed, or a case where a predetermined operation (for example, an off operation of an operation unit, a power off, etc.) is performed.

In the reading device B4,
The storage means is
an encrypted storage means for storing encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information;
decryption storage means (for example, decryption key 603b) for storing decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encryption storage means;
The independent reading means is
A time counting means for counting a predetermined period (for example, 10 seconds) after reading either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information,
The determining means is
Based on the decoding information stored in the decoding storage means when the other dedicated information or the general-purpose information is read by the independent reading means before the predetermined period elapses by the time counting means. decryption execution means (for example, S208 of main processing) for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means;
The method further includes a post-decoding determination unit (for example, S209 of the main process) that determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution unit and the read information read by the reading unit. Characteristic reading device B5.

According to the reading device B5, the following effects are achieved in addition to the effects provided by the reading device B4. That is, the encrypted information obtained by encrypting the combination information is stored by the encrypted storage means provided in the storage means. Furthermore, the decryption storage means, which is also provided in the storage means, stores decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encryption storage means. Then, the time counting means provided in the independent reading means counts a predetermined period of time after reading either the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. Here, if the exclusive information and the general-purpose information of the other are read by the independent reading means before the predetermined period of time has elapsed by the time counting means, the decryption execution means provided in the determination means stores the information in the decryption storage means. Based on the stored decrypted information, the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means is decrypted. Then, the post-decoding determining means, which is also provided in the determining means, determines the combination information decoded by the decoding execution means and the read information read by the reading means. As a result, the encrypted combination information stored in the storage means is decrypted only if after reading one general-purpose information or special information, the other special information or general-purpose information before the elapse of a predetermined period can be read. Since the combination information stored in the storage means can be determined to be read information, it is impossible to tamper with the combination information stored in the storage means. Therefore, if a fraudulent act such as unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the general-purpose information and the dedicated information with the reading device. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to periodically read and report general-purpose information and special information using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be discovered at an early stage, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. , there is an effect. In addition, by setting the predetermined period to the period required for reading work, after reading one general-purpose information or special information, other processing can be performed without waiting for the next special information or general-purpose information to be read forever. can be executed.

In any of the reading devices B2 to B5,
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the gaming machine is
Displayed as read encrypted information obtained by encrypting general-purpose identification information for identifying the general-purpose part or dedicated identification information for identifying the dedicated part,
The reading device is
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information that are the read encrypted information are read by the reading means, the read encrypted information is decrypted based on the decrypted information stored in the decryption storage means. A reading device B6 characterized in that it is equipped with reading and decoding means.

According to the reading device B6, in addition to the effects provided by the reading devices B2 to B5, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information or special-purpose information in the gaming machine is displayed as read encrypted information obtained by encrypting general-purpose specifying information for specifying general-purpose parts or special-purpose specifying information for specifying special-purpose parts. Then, when the read-decryption means provided in the reading device reads general-purpose information or dedicated information that is the read-encrypted information, the read-decryption means reads the encrypted information based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. Encrypted information is decrypted. As a result, it is possible to configure such that general-purpose information or dedicated information that is read encrypted information cannot be decrypted unless the reading device has a decryption storage means for decrypting the read encrypted information. By disabling the diversion of general-purpose information or special-purpose information, it is possible to prevent fraudulent acts such as forgery of general-purpose information or special-purpose information.

In any of the reading devices B0 to B6,
The gaming machine is
A control means (for example, main control device 110) that controls the game,
Control information (for example, main board QR code 421) that can identify the control means,
The storage means is
All combination storage means (for example, correspondence data storage unit 603a) for storing all combination information regarding combinations of the general-purpose parts, the special-purpose parts, and the control means,
The reading device is
control reading means capable of reading the control information;
All read information of read information based on the control information read by the control read means, read information based on the general purpose information and the dedicated information read by the read means, and all combinations are stored in the storage means. and a total combination determination means for determining the total combination information,
The output means is
A reading device B7 characterized in that it outputs the determination results by the all combination determination means.

According to the reading device B7, in addition to the effects provided by the reading devices B0 to B6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the game is controlled by a control means provided in the gaming machine, and the control means can be specified by control information also provided in the gaming machine. Here, the all-combination storage means provided in the storage means stores all combination information regarding combinations of general-purpose parts, special-purpose parts, and control means. Further, the control information is configured to be readable by a control reading means provided in the reading device. Here, all the read information of the read information based on the control information read by the control reading means, the read information based on the general-purpose information and the dedicated information read by the read means, and the previous combinations stored in the all combination storage means. The information is determined by a total combination determination means provided in the reading device. Then, the output means outputs the determination results by the all combination determination means. This allows the combination of general-purpose parts, dedicated parts, and control means to be judged by a reading device rather than by visual inspection by a person, and by outputting the judgment results, it is possible to quickly and accurately judge the consistency of the gaming machine. . Therefore, the checking operation using the reading device has the effect of making it possible to easily check the gaming machine while preventing human errors such as mistakes in checking general information, dedicated information, and control information.

In any of the reading devices B0 to B7,
The reading device is
configured to be able to communicate with a management device that manages the gaming machine in the gaming hall,
The output means is
A reading device B8 comprising: management output means for outputting the determination result of the determination means to the management device.

According to the reading device B8, in addition to the effects provided by the reading devices B0 to B7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the reading device is configured to be able to communicate with a management device that manages gaming machines in the game hall, and the determination result of the determination device is output to the management device by the management output device provided in the output device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of special parts can be detected at an early stage by the gaming hall management device, and countermeasures can be taken immediately. The effect is that you can.

In any of the reading devices B0 to B8,
The reading device is
It is configured to be able to communicate with a server device owned by a gaming machine manufacturer,
The output means is
A reading device B9 comprising: server output means for outputting the determination result of the determination means to the server device.

According to the reading device B9, in addition to the effects provided by the reading devices B0 to B8, the following effects are achieved. Namely, the reading device is configured to be able to communicate with a server device owned by the manufacturer of the gaming machine, and is provided in the output means. The determined server output means outputs the determination result of the determining means to the server device. Thereby, by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts can be detected at an early stage by the manufacturer's server device. Therefore, for example, even if a game hall takes the initiative to commit a fraudulent act such as replacing a dedicated part, the manufacturer can identify the fraudulent act and point it out to the game hall and take corrective action. This has the effect of making it possible to create a healthy gaming environment.

<Group C: Reading device and hall computer>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

These general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts are each given a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager etc. performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions in Group C were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming system that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines.

To explain in more detail, if the above-mentioned application details and the installation status of the game hall are different, the game hall may be subject to administrative sanctions such as suspension of operations. Therefore, when the game machines installed in the game hall are changed, the game hall manager, etc. must confirm whether the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are properly installed at the installation location. .

The above confirmation work is carried out by, for example, a game hall manager or the like visually checking the management number (i.e., frame number) assigned to the general-purpose unit and the management number (i.e., game board number) assigned to the dedicated unit. Then, it is confirmed whether the contents of the list applied to the regulatory authority and the installation positions of the general-purpose unit and the dedicated unit are correct (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-66088)).

However, in situations where fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of special parts during the distribution process or unauthorized replacement of special parts during installation in game halls are being carried out, it is necessary to visually check the general-purpose parts and special parts. If this is done, there is a risk that the above-mentioned fraudulent activity may be overlooked due to a confirmation error.

The inventions in group C were made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and their purpose is to provide a gaming system in which fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts can be easily detected.

A gaming machine with unique information attached,
A management device installed in a game hall where the game machine is installed;
a reading device configured to be able to communicate with the management device and capable of reading the unique information of the gaming machine;
A gaming system comprising a server device (for example, data servers 701 to 703) provided in a manufacturer (for example, manufacturers MA to MC) that manufactures the gaming machine,
The server device includes:
Unique data generation means for generating unique data regarding the unique information of the manufactured gaming machine,
The management device includes:
input means capable of inputting the unique data generated by the unique data generating means;
a transmitting means for transmitting the unique data inputted by the input means to the reading device,
The reading device is
Unique data storage means (for example, corresponding data storage unit 603a) that stores the unique data transmitted by the transmission means;
a reading means (for example, a first QR scanning unit 607 or a second QR scanning unit 609) capable of reading the unique information of the gaming machine;
determining means (for example, S209 of main processing) for determining the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means;
A gaming system C0 comprising: an output means (for example, a display section 611 or an error signal) that outputs the determination result of the determination means.

According to the gaming system C0, unique information is attached to a gaming machine, a management device is provided in the gaming hall where the gaming machine is installed, and the reading device is configured to be able to communicate with the management device, and the unique information of the gaming machine is attached. A server device is configured such that information can be read, and is provided at a manufacturer that manufactures gaming machines. Here, unique data generating means provided in the server device generates unique data regarding unique information of the manufactured gaming machine. The unique data generated by the unique data generating means can be inputted by the input means provided in the management device, and the unique data inputted by the input means can be inputted by the transmitting means also provided in the management device. sent to the reading device. Next, the unique data sent by the transmitting means is stored in the unique data storage means provided in the reading device, and the unique information of the gaming machine can be read by the reading means also provided in the reading device. Further, the determination means provided in the reading device determines the unique information read by the reading device and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means, and the output means also provided in the reading device determines the unique information read by the reading device and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means. The judgment result is output. This makes it possible to use the reading device to determine whether the unique data provided by the manufacturer and the unique information read by the reading device match the unique information read by the reading device, rather than by visual inspection by a person, and output the determination results. By doing so, it is possible to quickly and accurately confirm whether or not the unique information of the gaming machine is valid. Therefore, if a fraudulent act such as the installation of an unauthorized gaming machine is performed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to periodically read and report the unique information of gaming machines using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be discovered at an early stage, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. , there is an effect.

In gaming system C0,
The gaming machine is
A general-purpose part (for example, the inner frame 12) that is attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A dedicated part (for example, a game board 13) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a game specific to the model to be played;
The general-purpose parts are
The unique information readable by the reading means includes general-purpose information that can identify the general-purpose part (for example, a frame front QR code 411 or a frame back QR code 412),
The special parts are:
The unique information readable by the reading means includes dedicated information that can identify the dedicated component (for example, a board front QR code 401 or a board back QR code 402),
The unique data generation means includes:
A gaming system C1 characterized in that, as the unique data, combination information of the general-purpose information and the dedicated information is generated.

According to the gaming system C1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C0, the following effects are achieved. In other words, the game machine includes a general-purpose part that is attached and fixed to an island facility provided in a game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models, and a general-purpose part that can be attached to the general-purpose part to perform a game specific to the machine type. Special parts configured to enable this are provided. The general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that is unique information that can be read by a reading means and that can identify the general-purpose part. Further, the dedicated component is provided with dedicated information that is readable by a reading means and that allows identification of the dedicated component. Here, the unique data generation means generates combination information of general-purpose information and dedicated information as unique data. This has the effect that the reading device can read the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information, and it is possible to easily confirm the combination of the general-purpose parts and the special-purpose parts in the gaming machine.

In the gaming system C1,
The gaming machine is
A gaming system C2 characterized in that the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided adjacent to each other.

According to the gaming system C2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in a gaming machine, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided close to each other. As a result, when the reading device reads the general-purpose information and the dedicated information, since the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are close to each other, it becomes easier to read both pieces of information, and the work efficiency of the reading operation of the reading device is improved. This has the effect of making it easier to check the gaming machines.

Note that "proximity" refers to cases in which dedicated information is provided adjacent to (nearby, contact with, close contact with) general-purpose information, or cases in which dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm, etc.) from general-purpose information. etc. are exemplified.

In the gaming system C1 or C2,
The general information is
A front general-purpose information display (for example, a frame table QR code 411) arranged on the front side of the gaming machine;
A back side dedicated information display (for example, a frame back QR code 412) arranged on the back side of the gaming machine,
The dedicated information is
A front side exclusive information display (for example, board front QR code 401) placed on the front side of the gaming machine;
A game system C3 comprising: a back side exclusive information display (for example, a board back QR code 402) arranged on the back side of the game machine.

According to the gaming system C3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C1 or C2, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose information, a front general-purpose information display is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and a back-specific information display is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. Furthermore, as dedicated information, a front-specific information display is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and a back-specific information display is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible for the reading device to read general-purpose information and dedicated information from either the front side or the back side of the gaming machine, improving the reading efficiency of the reading device and making it easier to check the gaming machine. The effect is that it can be done.

In any of gaming systems C0 to C3,
The server device includes:
encryption generation means for generating encrypted information by encrypting the unique data generated by the unique data generation means;
decryption generation means for generating decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information generated by the encryption generation means;
The reading device is
an encrypted storage unit (for example, a corresponding data storage unit 603a) that stores the encrypted information generated by the encrypted generation unit;
a decryption storage means (for example, a decryption key 603b) that stores the decryption information generated by the decryption generation means;
When the unique information is read by the reading means, decryption is executed to decrypt the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. means (for example, S208 of main processing),
The determining means is
post-decryption determination means (for example, S209 of main processing) for determining the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data based on the encrypted information decrypted by the decryption execution means; A game system C4 characterized by comprising:

According to the gaming system C4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C0 to C3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the encryption generation means provided in the server device generates encrypted information by encrypting the unique data generated by the unique data generation means. Further, the decryption generation means also provided in the server device generates decryption information for decrypting the encrypted information generated by the encryption generation means. The encryption storage means provided in the reading device stores the encrypted information generated by the encryption generation means, and the decryption storage means stores the decryption information generated by the decryption generation means. . Here, when the unique information is read by the reading means, the decryption executing means decrypts the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. Ru. Then, the post-decryption determination means provided in the determination means determines the unique information read by the reading means and the unique data based on the encrypted information decrypted by the decryption execution means. As a result, only when the unique information can be read in the reading device, the encrypted unique data stored in the encrypted storage means can be decrypted and determined as read information, so it is possible to determine whether it is general-purpose information or dedicated information. If a fraudulent act such as falsification is committed in any one of the above, it becomes impossible to correctly determine the combination information and the read information. With this configuration, if a fraudulent act such as unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is committed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information with a reading device. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to regularly read and report unique information using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be detected early, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. There is.

In gaming system C4,
The decryption execution means includes:
decrypting the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means when the unique information is successfully read by the reading means; A game system C5 characterized by.

According to the gaming system C5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C4, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the unique information is successfully read by the reading means, the decryption executing means decrypts the encrypted information stored in the encrypted storage means based on the decrypted information stored in the decrypted storage means. be done. As a result, if the unique information cannot be read normally, the encrypted unique data will not be decrypted. It becomes impossible to correctly determine data and read information. With this configuration, if a fraudulent act such as unauthorized replacement of a dedicated part is committed, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by making it compulsory to periodically read and report unique information using a reading device, the above-mentioned fraudulent acts can be detected early, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. There is.

In gaming system C4 or C5,
The decoding information is
A gaming system C6 characterized in that the game is stored only by the server device and the reading device.

According to the gaming system C6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C4 or C5, the following effects are achieved. That is, decryption information is stored only in the server device and the reading device. That is, the management device does not store decryption information. As a result, the management device of the gaming hall does not store the decryption information generated by the manufacturer and cannot decrypt the unique data, so if the unique data is altered (falsified) at the gaming hall, the encryption This makes it impossible to properly decode the encoded unique data. Therefore, for example, if the reading device is appropriately managed by the manufacturer, modification (tampering) of the unique data by the gaming hall is substantially impossible. With this configuration, even if a game hall commits a fraudulent act such as illegally replacing a dedicated part, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by making it mandatory for regulatory authorities to periodically read and report unique information using a reading device, fraudulent acts by game halls can be detected early, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. The effect is that it can be done.

In any of gaming systems C4 to C6,
The general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the gaming machine is
Displayed as read encrypted information obtained by encrypting general-purpose identification information for identifying the general-purpose part or dedicated identification information for identifying the dedicated part,
The reading device is
When the general-purpose information and the dedicated information that are the read encrypted information are read by the reading means, the read encrypted information is decrypted based on the decrypted information stored in the decryption storage means. A gaming system C7 characterized by comprising: reading/decoding means.

According to the gaming system C7, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C4 to C6, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information or special-purpose information in the gaming machine is displayed as read encrypted information obtained by encrypting general-purpose specifying information for specifying general-purpose parts or special-purpose specifying information for specifying special-purpose parts. Then, when the read-decryption means provided in the reading device reads general-purpose information or dedicated information that is the read-encrypted information, the read-decryption means reads the encrypted information based on the decryption information stored in the decryption storage means. Encrypted information is decrypted. As a result, it is possible to configure such that only a reading device having a decryption storage means for decrypting the read encrypted information can decrypt the general-purpose information or special information that is the read encrypted information. Therefore, for example, if the reading device is appropriately managed by the manufacturer, it becomes substantially impossible for the game hall to modify (falsify) the unique data. With this configuration, even if a game hall commits a fraudulent act such as illegally replacing a dedicated part, the fraudulent act can be easily recognized by reading the unique information. Therefore, for example, by making it mandatory for regulatory authorities to regularly read and report unique information using a reading device, fraudulent acts by game halls can be detected early, and a healthy gaming environment can be created. The effect is that it can be done.

In any of gaming systems C0 to C7,
The output means is
A gaming system C8 characterized by comprising a management output means for outputting the determination result of the determination means to the management device.

According to gaming system C8, in addition to the effects provided by gaming systems C0 to C7, the following effects are achieved. That is, the management output means provided in the output means outputs the determination result of the determination means to the management device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of special parts can be detected at an early stage by the gaming hall management device, and countermeasures can be taken immediately. The effect is that you can.

In any of gaming systems C0 to C8,
The reading device is
configured to be able to communicate with the server device,
The output means is
A gaming system C9 comprising: server output means for outputting the determination result of the determination means to the server device.

According to the gaming system C9, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C0 to C8, the following effects are achieved, namely, the reading device is configured to be able to communicate with the server device, and the server output means provided in the output means provides the following effects. , the determination result of the determination means is output to the server device. Thereby, by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of dedicated parts can be detected at an early stage by the manufacturer's server device. Therefore, for example, even if a game hall takes the initiative to commit a fraudulent act such as replacing a special part, the manufacturer can be aware of the fraudulent act, and the manufacturer can point it out to the game hall and take corrective action. This has the effect of making it possible to create a healthy gaming environment.

In either gaming system C8 or C9,
The management device includes:
configured to be able to communicate with the server device,
A gaming system C10 characterized by comprising: a management side server output means for outputting the determination result of the determination means outputted from the management output means to the server device.

According to the gaming system C10, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming system C8 or C9, the following effects are achieved, namely, the management device is configured to be able to communicate with the server device, and the management side server output means outputs the management output. The determination result of the determination means outputted from the means is outputted to the server device. As a result, by reading the unique information of the gaming machine with the reading device, fraudulent acts such as unauthorized replacement of special parts can be detected at an early stage by the manufacturer's server device via the management device. Therefore, if a mistake occurs in the installation of dedicated parts and general-purpose parts in a game hall, the manufacturer can grasp the mistake, point it out to the game hall, and have it corrected. This has the effect that a gaming environment can be constructed.

In any of gaming systems C0 to C10,
The management device includes:
position storage means for storing position information that is information regarding the installation position of the gaming machine in the gaming hall;
position information output means for outputting the position information stored in the position storage means to the reading device;
The island equipment where the gaming machine is installed has a position information display that allows the position information to be specified,
The reading device is
terminal-side position storage means for storing the position information output from the position information output means;
When the unique information is read by the reading means, the unique information and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means are determined, and when the unique information and the position information display are read, A gaming system C11 characterized by comprising: a composite determination means for determining the unique information and the position information.

According to the gaming system C11, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C0 to C10, the following effects are achieved. That is, position information, which is information regarding the installation position of the gaming machine in the gaming hall, is stored by the position storage means provided in the management device, and is stored in the position storage device by the position information output means also provided in the management device. The location information is output to the reading device. Furthermore, in the island facility where the gaming machines are installed, a location information display that allows location information to be specified is provided. Then, the terminal-side position storage means provided in the reading device stores the position information output from the position information output means. Here, when the unique information is read by the reading means, the composite determination means determines the unique information and the unique data stored in the unique data storage means, and also reads the unique information and the position information display. In this case, unique information and location information are determined. This makes it possible to use the reading device to determine whether the unique data provided by the manufacturer and the unique information read by the reading device are the same, instead of having to be visually inspected by a person. By having the reading device read the location information display, it is also possible to determine whether or not the installation position in the game hall is appropriate. Therefore, it is possible to prevent mistakes in the installation of gaming machines due to human error.

In any of gaming systems C0 to C11,
The management device includes:
comprising a purchase information output means for outputting purchase information of the game machine purchased from the manufacturer to the server device,
The unique data generation means includes:
A gaming system C12 characterized in that the unique data is generated based on the purchase information output from the purchase information output means.

According to the gaming system C12, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C0 to C11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the purchase information output means provided in the management device outputs the purchase information of the game machine purchased from the manufacturer to the server device. Then, the unique data generation means of the server device generates unique data based on the purchase information output from the purchase information output means. Thereby, by outputting the purchase information of the gaming machine to the manufacturer in the gaming hall, it is possible to obtain unique data based on the purchase information. Therefore, there is no need to input unique information of the gaming machine on the management device side, and since accurate unique data based on purchase information can be obtained, it is possible to accurately check the gaming machine. There is an effect that it can be done.

Note that when a general-purpose part and a special-purpose part are newly purchased as a set, new unique data is generated as the unique data based on the purchase information, since these are new general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. On the other hand, when only new dedicated parts are purchased, unique data is generated based on the new dedicated parts and the general-purpose parts that have already been installed in the game hall and to which the dedicated parts should be attached. Ru.

In any of gaming systems C1 to C12,
The reading device is
Comprising an operating means (for example, an operating section 610) that can be operated by an administrator of the game hall, etc.
The reading means is
A gaming system comprising a plurality of reading means (a first QR scanning section 607 and a second QR scanning section 609) that read the general-purpose information and the special information, respectively, based on one operation of the operating means. C13.

According to the gaming system C13, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming systems C1 to C12, the following effects are achieved. In other words, the operating means provided on the reading device is configured to be operable by an administrator of the game hall, etc., and the plurality of reading means provided on the reading means can read general information and special information based on the operation of one of the operating means. information is read respectively. This allows the reading device to read general-purpose information and special-purpose information by operating the operating means of the reading device once, and it is possible to accurately grasp whether the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is appropriate. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to check the consistency of the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts with a small amount of work, and it is possible to prevent confirmation errors from occurring.

<Group D: Notify in a manner that combines the read information>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

These general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts are each given a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager etc. performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group D have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A gaming machine comprising a dedicated component (for example, a gaming board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played.
The general-purpose parts are
It is readable by a reading means (e.g., reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function, and includes general-purpose information (e.g., a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information and the dedicated information are
When the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information is read by the reading means, the reading means identifies and broadcasts the information related to the read general-purpose information or the special-purpose information (for example, a disc front QR code). 401 is read by the reading device 600).

According to the game machine D0, general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are installed in the general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models. Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. The general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are provided with identification notification information that allows the reading means to identify and notify information related to the read general-purpose information or the special-purpose information when the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information is read by the reading means. As a result, when carrying out the confirmation work to confirm the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, it becomes possible to grasp the progress status of the above-mentioned confirmation work by checking the notification mode of the reading means. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be improved.

In the gaming machine D0,
The identification notification information is
It is characterized by comprising identification display information that causes the reading means to display a display corresponding to the read general-purpose information or the special-purpose information when the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information is read by the reading means. Game machine D1.

According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D0, the following effects are achieved. That is, when the general-purpose information or exclusive information is read by the reading means using the identification display information as the identification notification information, the reading means displays a display corresponding to the read general-purpose information or special-purpose information. As a result, when performing a confirmation work to confirm the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, it becomes possible to grasp the progress status of the above-mentioned confirmation work by checking the display contents of the reading means. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be increased.

In the gaming machine D1,
The identification display information is
When a plurality of pieces of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information are read by the reading means, a first display mode (for example, a frame) is displayed when the reading means reads the general-purpose information or the dedicated information alone. Display a second display mode (for example, display "light blue" when the frame QR code 411 and board QR code 401 are read) that is different from the display ("blue" is displayed when the front QR code 411 is read) A game machine D2 characterized by the following.

According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D1, the following effects are achieved. That is, when a plurality of pieces of general-purpose information or dedicated information are read by the reading means based on the identification display information, the reading means displays a first display mode that is different from the first display mode displayed when the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read alone. Two display modes are displayed. This makes it possible to recognize which general-purpose information or special-purpose information is being read when performing confirmation work to confirm the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be improved.

In the gaming machine D2,
The second display mode is
A gaming machine D3 characterized in that a mixed display (for example, "light blue", "yellow", "purple", or "white" which is additive color) is displayed when the first display mode is combined.

According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second display mode is displayed in a mixed display that is displayed when the first display mode is combined. As a result, when performing confirmation work to confirm the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, it is possible to recognize whether only a single general-purpose part or special-purpose part is being read, or whether multiple general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts are being read. It becomes possible. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be improved.

In gaming machine D3,
The mixed display is
When all of the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information that can be read in the gaming machine of No. 1 are read by the reading means, displaying a specific display (for example, "white") in which colors are additively mixed. Characteristic game machine D4.

According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine D3, the following effects are achieved. That is, when all of the general-purpose information and exclusive information that can be read in one gaming machine are read by the reading means, a specific display in which colors are mixed additively is displayed as a mixed display. As a result, when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, it is possible to recognize whether all the general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts in one gaming machine have been read by whether or not a specific display is displayed. becomes. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be increased.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D4,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
Installation-specific information provided on the mounting member (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402),
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine D5, characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and the gaming machine D5 is installed in a position that is invisible or difficult to be seen by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D0 to D4, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Furthermore, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with control-dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with attachment-dedicated information. Here, in a state in which the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect of making it possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the players who play the games.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D5,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines D6 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines D0 to D5, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

Note that "positions that are related to each other" refers to locations where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located close to each other, or where the general-purpose information and dedicated information are located in a straight line or within a certain range, etc. is exemplified.

<Group E: Read both QR code and number information>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group E have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A gaming machine including a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means (for example, reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that allows identification of the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information and the dedicated information are
A predetermined first form information display (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a or main board back QR code 422),
A second form information display (for example, A game machine E0 characterized by comprising: game board number information 403, frame number information 413, or main board number information 423).

According to the gaming machine E0, general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment installed in the game hall, and dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are used as general-purpose parts. Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. The general-purpose information and the exclusive information include a predetermined first form information display and a display form different from the first form information display, and which is displayed when the first form information display is read by the reading means. A second form of information display indicating information equivalent to the read information is provided. As a result, when either the first form information display or the second form information display is read by the reading means, the read information is assumed to have been read normally and processing can be executed. Even if either the display or the second form information display cannot be read properly due to damage or dirt, confirmation work can be performed by reading the other second form information display or first form information display. This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In the gaming machine E0,
The first form information display and the second form information display are
A gaming machine E1 characterized in that the gaming machines E1 are both arranged in a range that can be read by one reading operation on the reading means.

According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first form information display and the second form information display are both arranged in a range that can be read by one reading operation on the reading means. As a result, it becomes possible to read the first form information display and the second form information display by the first operation on the reading means, and when either the first form information display or the second form information display can be read, the reading Processing can be executed assuming that the information has been read normally. Therefore, even if either the first form information display or the second form information display cannot be read properly due to damage or dirt, the second form information display or the second form information display cannot be read by the first operation on the reading means. Since the confirmation work can be performed by reading the one-format information display, there is an effect that the efficiency of the confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special parts can be increased with a simple operation.

In the gaming machine E0 or E1,
The first form information display includes:
Hard-to-identify information that is difficult to identify by human perception (for example, a QR code that is encoded information),
The second form information display includes:
A gaming machine E2 characterized in that the information is identifiable information (for example, combination information of letters, numbers, symbols, etc.) that can be identified by human perception.

According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine E0 or E1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first form information display is composed of difficult-to-identify information that is difficult to discern by human perception, and the second form information display is composed of identifiable information that is distinguishable by human perception. With this, for example, even if either the first form information display or the second form information display is dirty or damaged and cannot be read by the reading means, the second form information display that can be discerned by human perception can be read. By configuring the processing to be executable by direct input to the means, there is an effect that it is possible to streamline the work of checking whether or not the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts in a gaming machine is appropriate.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E2,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines E3 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

Note that "positions that are related to each other" refers to locations where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located close to each other, or where the general-purpose information and dedicated information are located in a straight line or within a certain range, etc. is exemplified.

In any of gaming machines E0 to E3,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
Installation-specific information provided on the mounting member (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402),
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine E4 characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and is provided in a position where the player cannot see or is difficult to see when the player can play the game.

According to the gaming machine E4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines E0 to E3, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Furthermore, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with control-dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with attachment-dedicated information. Here, in a state in which the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect of making it possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the dedicated information invisible or difficult to see from the players who play the games.

<Group F: Configuration that allows the board, frame, and main body to be read from one side>
In a game hall where pachinko machines and other game machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

These general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts are each given a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager etc. performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation position (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group F have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

At least two or more general-purpose parts (for example, the front frame 14, the inner frame 12, and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A dedicated part (for example, the game board 13 or the main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played;
In a gaming machine comprising at least a locking means (for example, a cylinder lock 20) for locking the general-purpose parts,
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means (for example, reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that allows identification of the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine F0 characterized in that when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, all of the general-purpose information and the special information are arranged at a position where they can be read by the reading means.

According to the gaming machine F0, at least two or more general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple models are attached to an island facility provided in the gaming hall, and a dedicated machine that is configured to be able to play games specific to the machine. The component is configured to be attachable to the generic component. Moreover, at least the general-purpose parts are locked together by the locking means. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. The general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are arranged at positions where all the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information can be read by the reading means when one lock by the locking means is unlocked. This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In the gaming machine F0,
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The mounting means includes:
Visible means (for example, back side visibility window section 13a or front side visibility window section 13b) that is configured to make the side of the attaching means opposite to the predetermined direction visible when the attaching means is viewed from a predetermined direction; Equipped with
Some of the general-purpose information and/or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine F1, characterized in that when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, the gaming machine F1 is arranged at a position where it can be read by the reading means via the visible means.

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F0, the following effects are achieved. That is, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. Furthermore, the visible means provided on the attachment means allows the side of the attachment means opposite to the predetermined direction to be visible when the attachment means is viewed from a predetermined direction. Then, when one lock by the locking means is unlocked, part of the general-purpose information and/or special information is arranged at a position where it can be read by the reading means via the visible means. This makes it possible for the reading means to read all the general-purpose information and special-purpose information from a predetermined direction, and has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In gaming machine F1,
The control means includes:
attached to the back side of the gaming machine of the attachment means,
The dedicated information is
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
The visible means is:
A gaming machine F2 is formed in a position where the control-only information can be read from the front side of the gaming machine.

According to the gaming machine F2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F0 or F1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the control means is attached to the back side of the gaming machine of the attachment means, and control-specific information as exclusive information is provided in the control means. The visible means is formed at a position where the control-only information can be read from the front side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible for the reading means to read the control-specific information attached to the back side of the mounting means from the front side of the gaming machine, making it possible to increase the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and dedicated parts. , there is an effect.

In any of gaming machines F0 to F2,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The general information is
Front general information (for example, front frame QR code 441) provided on the front member,
The visible means is
A gaming machine F3 is formed in a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the back side of the gaming machine.

According to the gaming machine F3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines F0 to F2, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Moreover, front general-purpose information is provided on the front member as general-purpose information. The visible means is formed at a position where the front general-purpose information can be read from the back side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible for the reading means to read the front general-purpose information placed on the front side of the mounting means from the back side of the gaming machine, making it possible to increase the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and dedicated parts. , there is an effect.

In any of gaming machines F0 to F3,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines F4 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the gaming machine F4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines F0 to F3, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

Note that "positions that are related to each other" refers to locations where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located close to each other, or where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located in a straight line or within a certain range, etc. is exemplified.

In gaming machine F3 or F4,
The general information and the dedicated information are
The gaming machine F5 is characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and the gaming machine F5 is installed in a position that is invisible or difficult to be seen by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to the gaming machine F5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine F3 or F4, the following effects are achieved. That is, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect that it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the special information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A gaming machine including a dedicated part (for example, a game board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means (for example, reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that allows identification of the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine F6, characterized in that it is provided at a position that can be read by the reading means from the front side of the gaming machine.

According to the game machine F6, general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are used as general-purpose parts. Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. The general-purpose information and the exclusive information are provided at positions that can be read by the reading means from the front side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible, for example, to read general-purpose information and dedicated information from the front side of the gaming machine using the reading means without having to unlock the locking means that locks the general-purpose parts together. This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work.

<G group: Gaming machines with a second board>
In a game hall where pachinko machines and other game machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group G have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
a first dedicated part (for example, the game board 13 or the main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose part and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played;
A gaming machine comprising a second dedicated part (for example, a second board device 24) that is different from the first dedicated part and is capable of performing effects related to the game,
The general-purpose parts are
It is readable by a reading means (e.g., reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function, and includes general-purpose information (e.g., a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The first dedicated part is
First exclusive information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the first exclusive component (for example, a front panel QR code 401, a back panel QR code 402, a main board front QR code 421a, or a main board back QR code) 422), has
The second dedicated part is
It is characterized by having second exclusive information (for example, a second board front QR code 431 or a second board back QR code 432) that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the second dedicated component. Game machine G0.

According to the game machine G0, a general-purpose part configured to be usable in multiple machine models is attached to an island facility provided in a game hall, and a first dedicated part configured to be able to play a game specific to the machine is installed. A second dedicated component, which is configured to be attachable to a general-purpose component and is different from the first dedicated component, is configured to be able to perform effects related to a game. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the first dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the general-purpose part. First exclusive information that can identify the first exclusive component is provided, and second exclusive information that can be read by a reading means and that can identify the second exclusive component is provided for the second exclusive component. Thereby, the combination of the general-purpose part, the first dedicated part, and the second dedicated part can be determined by the reading means rather than by human visual inspection, and the compatibility of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as confirmation errors between general-purpose information, first-specific information, and second-specific parts, while increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts, first-specific parts, and second-specific parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

In gaming machine G0,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The first dedicated part is
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The first dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
A game machine G1 characterized in that it includes installation-specific information (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402) provided on the mounting member.

According to the gaming machine G1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G0, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as the first dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by the control means, and the control means is attached to the attachment member. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Further, as the first dedicated information, at least control-dedicated information is provided in the control means, and attachment-dedicated information is provided in the attachment member. As a result, the combination of the general-purpose part, the first dedicated part, and the second dedicated part can be determined by the main body general-purpose information of the main body member, the control-dedicated information of the control means, the installation-dedicated information of the mounting member, and the second-dedicated The second exclusive information of the parts can be read and determined by the reading means, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be quickly and accurately determined. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as confirmation errors between general-purpose information, first-specific information, and second-specific parts, while increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts, first-specific parts, and second-specific parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

In gaming machine G0 or G1,
The general information is
Front-side general-purpose information (for example, frame table QR code 411) placed on the front side of the gaming machine,
Back side exclusive information (for example, frame back QR code 412) arranged on the back side of the gaming machine,
The first dedicated information is
Front side exclusive information placed on the front side of the gaming machine (for example, board front QR code 401 and main board front QR code 421a),
Rear side exclusive information placed on the back side of the gaming machine (for example, back side QR code 402 and main board back QR code 422),
The second dedicated information is
Front side second information placed on the front side of the gaming machine (for example, second board front QR code 431);
A gaming machine G2 characterized by comprising: second information on the back side (for example, a QR code 432 on the back of the second board) disposed on the back side of the gaming machine.

According to the gaming machine G2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G0 or G1, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose information, front-side general-purpose information is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and back-side general-purpose information is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. Further, as the first dedicated information, front side only information is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and back side only information is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. Further, as second exclusive information, front side second information is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and back side second information is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. As a result, the general-purpose information, the first exclusive information, and the second exclusive information can be read and determined by the reading means from either the front side or the back side of the gaming machine, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be quickly and accurately determined. Can be judged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as confirmation errors between general-purpose information, first-specific information, and second-specific parts, while increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts, first-specific parts, and second-specific parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

In gaming machine G2,
The front side general information and the back side general information each indicate the same content,
The front side exclusive information and the back side exclusive information each indicate the same content,
A gaming machine G3, wherein the front side second information and the back side second information each indicate the same content.

According to the gaming machine G3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine G2, the following effects are achieved. That is, the front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information each indicate the same content, and the front-specific information and the back-side specific information each indicate the same content. Further, the front side second information and the back side second information are configured to respectively indicate the same content. This makes it possible for the reader to read the same content from both the front and back sides of the gaming machine, improving work efficiency and making it easier to check the gaming machine. be.

In any of gaming machines G1 to G3,
The front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information are provided on one general-purpose parts seal (for example, frame-side seal 410), respectively;
The seal for general-purpose parts is
A game machine G4 characterized in that the front side general-purpose information is attached to the general-purpose part so that it faces the front side of the general-purpose part, and the back side general-purpose information faces the back side of the general-purpose part.

According to the gaming machine G4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines G1 to G3, the following effects are achieved. That is, front-side general-purpose information and back-side general-purpose information are provided on one general-purpose component seal, respectively. Then, the general-purpose component sticker is attached to the general-purpose component so that the front general-purpose information faces the front side of the general-purpose component, and the back general-purpose information faces the back side of the general-purpose component. This makes it possible to read information that can identify the general-purpose part from the front side and the back side of the general-purpose part, respectively, by simply pasting one general-purpose parts sticker on the general-purpose part. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of one general-purpose component, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of a sticker.

In any of gaming machines G1 to G4,
The front-side exclusive information and the rear-side exclusive information displays are provided on one exclusive parts seal (for example, the panel side seal 400), respectively,
The special parts seal is
A game machine G5 characterized in that the front side exclusive information is attached to the exclusive part so that it faces the front side of the exclusive part, and the back side exclusive information faces the back side of the exclusive part.

According to gaming machine G5, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G1 to G4, the following effects are achieved. That is, the front side exclusive information and the back side exclusive information are respectively provided on one exclusive parts seal. Then, the dedicated component sticker is attached to the dedicated component so that the front side dedicated information faces the front side of the dedicated component and the back side dedicated information faces the back side of the dedicated component. Thereby, by simply pasting one dedicated component sticker on the dedicated component, it becomes possible to read information that can identify the dedicated component from the front side and the back side of the dedicated component, respectively. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of one dedicated component, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of a sticker.

In any of gaming machines G1 to G5,
The front side second information and the back side second information display are respectively provided on one second exclusive component seal (for example, the second board side seal 430),
The second dedicated parts seal is
The front side second information is attached to the second exclusive component so that it faces the front side of the second exclusive component, and the back side second information faces the back side of the second exclusive component. Game machine G6.

According to gaming machine G6, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G1 to G5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the front side second information and the back side second information are respectively provided on one second exclusive component seal. Then, the sticker for the second exclusive component is attached to the second exclusive component so that the front side second information faces the front side of the second exclusive component and the rear side second information faces the back side of the second exclusive component. be done. As a result, information that can identify the second dedicated part can be read from the front side and the back side of the second dedicated part, respectively, by simply pasting the sticker for the second dedicated part in 1 on the second dedicated part. Become. Therefore, when information is provided on the front side and the back side of the second dedicated component 1, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of incorrect pasting of the sticker.

In any of gaming machines G0 to G6,
The second dedicated part is
A gaming machine G7 characterized in that it is configured to be commonly usable among a plurality of models.

According to gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines G0 to G6, the following effects are achieved. That is, the second dedicated component is configured to be commonly usable among a plurality of models. As a result, when changing models, when replacing only the first dedicated part that is model-specific, compared to the general-purpose parts and the second dedicated part that can be used between multiple models, the general-purpose part and the first dedicated part can be replaced. The combination of the game machine and the second dedicated part can be determined by the reading means rather than by visual inspection by a person, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as confirmation errors between general-purpose information, first-specific information, and second-specific parts, while increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts, first-specific parts, and second-specific parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

<Group H: Enclosed type>
In a game hall where pachinko machines and other game machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group H have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

A game media counting means (for example, prize ball data) that counts the number of game media that can be used for a game;
a game execution means (for example, ball firing unit 112a) that plays a game based on the game media counted by the game media counting means;
a game media granting means for granting game media to the player based on the game result by the game execution means (for example, granting prize ball data based on the winning of a ball in the first ball entrance 64);
A general-purpose component (for example, the inner frame 12, the outer frame 11, or the front surface) that has the game execution means, is attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall, and is configured to be usable in models manufactured by multiple manufacturers. a lower frame 14b);
Dedicated parts (for example, game board 13, main controller 110, or front upper frame 14a) that can be attached to the general-purpose parts and are configured to play games specific to the model manufactured by one manufacturer. In a gaming machine equipped with,
The general-purpose parts are
It is readable by a reading means (e.g., reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function, and includes general-purpose information (e.g., a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, main board back QR code 422, and front frame A gaming machine H0 characterized by having a QR code 441).

According to the gaming machine H0, the number of gaming media that can be used for a game is counted by the gaming media counting device, and the game execution device performs a game based on the gaming media counted by the gaming media counting device. The awarding means awards game media to the player based on the game result by the game execution means. In addition, general-purpose parts that have game execution means and are configured to be usable in models manufactured by multiple manufacturers are attached to island equipment installed in the game hall, and are unique to the machines manufactured by one manufacturer. A dedicated component configured to allow the game to be played is configured to be attachable to a general-purpose component. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. As a result, it is possible to reduce the cost of gaming machines by making it possible to use general-purpose parts commonly used by multiple manufacturers. It is possible to judge the combination with special parts manufactured by the machine by reading means rather than by visual inspection by a person, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be judged quickly and accurately. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as mistakes in confirming general-purpose information and special-purpose information, and to improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In gaming machine H0,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
A main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member,
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
A gaming machine H1 comprising: a front member (for example, a front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable.

According to the gaming machine H1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H0, the following effects are achieved. That is, as a general-purpose component, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, and the main body member is attached to the fixing member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, the control means is attached to the mounting member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. As a result, the fixing member and main body member can be configured to be commonly used by multiple manufacturers, reducing the cost of the game machine, and the fixing member and main body member being commonly used by multiple manufacturers. The combination of the member, the control means, the mounting member, and the front member manufactured by one manufacturer can be determined by the reading means rather than by visual inspection by a person, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be quickly and accurately determined. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as mistakes in confirming general-purpose information and special-purpose information, and to improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In gaming machine H0,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
A gaming machine H2 comprising: a mounting member (for example, a gaming board 13) to which the control means is attached.

According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H0, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. As a result, the fixing member, main body member, and front member can be configured to be commonly used by multiple manufacturers, reducing the cost of the game machine, and the fixing member being commonly used by multiple manufacturers. , the combination of the main body member and front member, and the control means and mounting member manufactured by one manufacturer can be determined by the reading means rather than by visual inspection by a person, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as mistakes in confirming general-purpose information and special-purpose information, and to improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In the gaming machine H1 or H2,
The general information is
Front-side general-purpose information placed on the front side of the gaming machine (for example, frame table QR code 411, front frame QR code 441),
Back side exclusive information placed on the back side of the gaming machine (for example, frame back QR code 412, front frame QR code 441),
The dedicated information is
Front side exclusive information placed on the front side of the game machine (for example, board front QR code 401, main board front QR code 421a, and front frame QR code 441),
A gaming machine H3 characterized in that it includes back side exclusive information (for example, a board back QR code 402, a main board back QR code 422, and a front frame QR code 441) arranged on the back side of the gaming machine.

According to the gaming machine H3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine H1 or H2, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose information, front-side general-purpose information is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and back-side general-purpose information is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. Furthermore, as dedicated information, front side exclusive information is arranged on the front side of the gaming machine, and back side exclusive information is arranged on the back side of the gaming machine. Thereby, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be read and determined by the reading means from either the front side or the back side of the gaming machine, and the consistency of the gaming machine can be quickly and accurately determined. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as mistakes in confirming general-purpose information and special-purpose information, and to improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In gaming machine H3,
The front side general information and the back side general information each indicate the same content,
A gaming machine H4, wherein the front-side exclusive information and the back-side exclusive information each indicate the same content.

According to the gaming machine H4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines H0 to H3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the front-side general-purpose information and the back-side general-purpose information each indicate the same content, and the front-specific information and the back-side specific information each indicate the same content. This makes it possible for the reader to read the same content from both the front and back sides of the gaming machine, improving work efficiency and making it easier to check the gaming machine. be.

In any of gaming machines H1 to H4,
The general information or the dedicated information is
Front member information (for example, front frame QR code 441) provided on the back side of the gaming machine of the front member,
The mounting means includes:
comprising a visible means (for example, a front visibility window 13b) configured to allow the front side of the gaming machine to be seen when the mounting means is viewed from the back side of the gaming machine;
The front member information is
A gaming machine H5, characterized in that it is arranged at a position that can be read by the reading means from the back side of the gaming machine via the visible means.

According to the gaming machine H5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines H1 to H4, the following effects are achieved. That is, front member information is provided on the back side of the gaming machine of the front member as general information or exclusive information. Furthermore, the visible means provided on the mounting means allows the front side of the gaming machine to be visually recognized when the mounting means is viewed from the back side of the gaming machine. The front member information is arranged at a position where it can be read by the reading means through the visible means from the back side of the gaming machine. This makes it possible for the reading means to read information on the front member placed on the front side of the mounting means from the back side of the gaming machine, making it possible to increase the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and dedicated parts. , there is an effect.

In any of gaming machines H0 to H5,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines H6 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the gaming machine H6, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines H0 to H5, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

In any of gaming machines H1 to H6,
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine H7, characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and the gaming machine H7 is installed in a position that is invisible or difficult to be seen by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to the gaming machine H7, the following effects are achieved in addition to the effects of the gaming machine H6 since it was manufactured by the manufacturer of the gaming machine H1. That is, in a state where the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect that it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the special information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

<Group I: After reading the board continuously, read the frame continuously and check>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group I have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A gaming machine comprising a dedicated component (for example, a gaming board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played.
The general-purpose parts are
It has general-purpose information (for example, frame front QR code 411 and frame back QR code 412) that can be read by a reading means (for example, reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that allows identification of the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information of a predetermined gaming machine installed in the island equipment is read, the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information of the other gaming machines is read, and then the island equipment After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the gaming machine is read, the other general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the other gaming machine is read. A gaming machine I0 characterized in that it is configured to allow exclusive information to be read.

According to the gaming machine I0, general-purpose parts configured to be usable in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment provided in the game hall, and dedicated parts configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are installed in the general-purpose Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. Then, after the predetermined general-purpose information or special-purpose information in a predetermined gaming machine installed in the island equipment is read, the predetermined general-purpose information or special-purpose information in other gaming machines is read, After that, after the predetermined general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or dedicated information of the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island equipment is read, other general-purpose information or dedicated information of the other gaming machines is read. It is configured so that it can be used. As a result, for example, when checking multiple gaming machines installed on an island facility, after reading the general-purpose information of one gaming machine, the general-purpose information of other gaming machines can be read, and the general-purpose information of the other gaming machines can be read continuously. After reading the information, read the exclusive information for one gaming machine, then read the exclusive information for other gaming machines, and read the exclusive information continuously to check the combination of general-purpose parts and dedicated parts for each gaming machine. By configuring the system so that it is possible to do so, it is possible to simplify the checking work for gaming machines installed in island facilities, thereby increasing the efficiency of checking work for gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and dedicated parts. There is an effect.

In the gaming machine I0,
The general information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in a predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility is read, the predetermined general-purpose information in another gaming machine installed in a predetermined direction (for example, adjacent to the right) is read. information or the dedicated information is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read, A gaming machine I1 characterized in that the gaming machine I1 is configured such that the other general-purpose information or the dedicated information in the other gaming machine installed in the predetermined direction can be read.

According to the gaming machine I1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine I0, the following effects are achieved. In other words, after the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are read in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility, the predetermined general-purpose information and the special-purpose information in the other gaming machines installed in the predetermined direction are read. Or, the dedicated information is read, and then other general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or dedicated information in a predetermined gaming machine installed in the island equipment is read, and then the machine is installed in a predetermined direction. It is configured such that other general-purpose information or exclusive information in other gaming machines can be read. As a result, for example, when checking multiple gaming machines installed on an island facility, after reading the general-purpose information of one gaming machine, the general-purpose information of other gaming machines installed in a predetermined direction can be read. After reading the general-purpose information continuously, reading the dedicated information for a given gaming machine, and then reading the dedicated information for other gaming machines installed in a given direction, and continuously reading the dedicated information. By configuring each game machine so that it is possible to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, it is possible to simplify the checking work for the game machines installed in island facilities. This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machines that the player owns.

In the gaming machine I0,
The general information and the dedicated information are
After the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information in a predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility is read, the predetermined general-purpose information in another gaming machine installed in a predetermined direction (for example, adjacent to the right) is read. information or the dedicated information is read, and then the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or the dedicated information is read, A gaming machine I2 characterized in that the gaming machine I2 is configured such that the other general-purpose information or the dedicated information in another gaming machine installed in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction can be read.

According to the gaming machine I2, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine I0, the following effects are achieved. In other words, after the general-purpose information and the special-purpose information are read in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island facility, the predetermined general-purpose information and the special-purpose information in the other gaming machines installed in the predetermined direction are read. Or, the dedicated information is read, and then other general-purpose information or dedicated information other than the predetermined general-purpose information or dedicated information in the predetermined gaming machine installed in the island equipment is read, and then the machine is installed in the opposite direction to the predetermined direction. It is configured such that other general-purpose information or exclusive information in other gaming machines that are installed can be read. As a result, for example, when checking multiple gaming machines installed on an island facility, after reading the general-purpose information of one gaming machine, the general-purpose information of other gaming machines installed in a predetermined direction can be read. After reading the general-purpose information continuously, reading the dedicated information for a given gaming machine, and then reading the dedicated information for other gaming machines installed in the opposite direction to the given direction, and continuously reading the dedicated information. By configuring the system so that the combination of general-purpose parts and specialized parts in each game machine can be confirmed by reading the This has the effect of increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

In any of the gaming machines I0 to I2,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
Installation-specific information provided on the mounting member (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402),
The general information and the dedicated information are
A gaming machine I3 characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and is provided in a position that is invisible or difficult to be seen by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to the gaming machine I3, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines I0 to I2, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with control-dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with attachment-dedicated information. Here, in a state in which the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect that it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the special information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of gaming machines I0 to I3,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines I4 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to the gaming machine I4, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines I0 to I3, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

Note that "positions that are related to each other" refers to locations where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located close to each other, or where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located in a straight line or within a certain range, etc. is exemplified.

In any of the gaming machines I0 to I4,
A gaming machine I5 characterized in that the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined dedicated information are provided adjacent to each other.

According to the gaming machine I5, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machines I0 to I4, the following effects are achieved. That is, predetermined general-purpose information and predetermined dedicated information are provided close to each other. As a result, when the reading means reads the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined special-purpose information, since the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined special-purpose information are close to each other, it becomes easier to read both information, and the reading means can read the predetermined general-purpose information and the predetermined special-purpose information. This has the effect of improving work efficiency and increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts.

Note that "proximity" refers to cases in which dedicated information is provided adjacent to (nearby, contact with, close contact with) general-purpose information, or cases in which dedicated information is provided within a predetermined distance (for example, within 10 cm, etc.) from general-purpose information. etc. are exemplified.

<Group J: QR code installed near the component that interferes with the reader's housing>
In a game hall where game machines such as pachinko machines are installed, when changing an already installed game machine to a different new game machine, in addition to purchasing and installing the entire game machine newly, There are cases where only special parts such as game boards, which are different for each game machine, are purchased and the special parts are installed in the general-purpose parts while leaving the general-purpose parts.

Each of these general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts is assigned a unique management number (for example, a game board number or frame number) to prevent fraud such as unauthorized replacement of the general-purpose part or special-purpose part. Before installation in the hall, it is necessary to apply to the regulatory authority for a combination of control numbers for general-purpose parts and special parts. Then, when the game machine installed in the game hall is changed, the game hall manager or the like performs work to confirm whether general-purpose parts and dedicated parts are properly installed at the installation location (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-66088)).

However, in the gaming machine described above, it is necessary to improve the efficiency of the confirmation work, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of group J have been made in view of the circumstances exemplified above, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine that can improve the efficiency of confirmation work regarding the gaming machine.

General-purpose parts (for example, the inner frame 12 and the outer frame 11) that are attached and fixed to the island equipment provided in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models;
A gaming machine comprising a dedicated component (for example, a gaming board 13 or a main control device 110) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and is configured to allow a model-specific game to be played.
The general-purpose parts are
It is readable by a reading means (e.g., reading device 600) having a predetermined reading function, and includes general-purpose information (e.g., a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412) that can identify the general-purpose part. ,
The special parts are:
Dedicated information that can be read by the reading means and that can identify the dedicated component (for example, board front QR code 401, board back QR code 402, main board front QR code 421a, or main board back QR code 422). have,
The general information or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine J0 comprising a predetermined error correction means (for example, an alignment pattern).

According to game machine J0, general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models are attached to island equipment installed in the game hall, and dedicated parts that are configured to be able to play games specific to the machine are installed in general-purpose parts that can be used in multiple machine models. Constructed so that it can be attached to parts. Here, the general-purpose part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and that can identify the general-purpose part, and the dedicated part is provided with general-purpose information that can be read by the reading means and that identifies the special-purpose part. Dedicated information that can be identified is provided. The general-purpose information or the dedicated information has a predetermined error correction means. As a result, even if, for example, the case of the reading means interferes with a predetermined part of the gaming machine and the reading means cannot face the general-purpose information or special-purpose information, the general-purpose information or the special-purpose information can be The error correction means provided make it possible to read general or dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts or special-purpose parts can be improved.

In gaming machine J0,
The general-purpose part or the special-purpose part is
a predetermined flat part;
an inclined part (bulged part) provided near the flat part and inclined (bulged) from the flat part;
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine J1 characterized in that it is provided on the flat part.

According to the gaming machine J1, in addition to the effects provided by the gaming machine J0, the following effects are achieved. That is, a general-purpose part or a special-purpose part is provided with a predetermined flat part and an inclined part provided near the flat part and inclined from the flat part. At least one piece of general-purpose information or special-purpose information is provided on the flat portion. As a result, a sloped part is provided near the flat part on which general-purpose information or dedicated information is provided, and for example, the case of the reading means interferes with the sloped part, and the reading means Even in cases where it is not possible to face the general-purpose information or the dedicated information directly, the error correction means provided for the general-purpose information and the dedicated information makes it possible to read the general-purpose information or the dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be increased.

In addition, "near the flat part" includes, for example, a range within a predetermined distance (for example, 10 cm) from the flat part, a case where it is provided continuously from the flat part, a case where it is provided close to the flat part. .

In gaming machine J0 or J1,
The general-purpose part or the special-purpose part is
A predetermined curved surface portion,
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine J2 characterized in that it is provided on the curved surface portion.

According to gaming machine J2, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machine J0 or J1, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined curved surface portion is provided on a general-purpose part or a special-purpose part. At least one piece of general-purpose information or special-purpose information is provided on the curved surface portion. As a result, even if the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is provided on the curved surface part and the general-purpose information or the dedicated information as a whole cannot be faced directly to the reading means, the error provided in the general-purpose information and the dedicated information can be avoided. The correction means makes it possible to read general-purpose information or dedicated information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be increased.

In any of gaming machines J0 to J2,
The general-purpose part or the special-purpose part is
Comprising a predetermined uneven portion,
At least one of the general-purpose information or the dedicated information is
A gaming machine J3 characterized in that it is provided in the uneven portion.

According to gaming machine J3, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines J0 to J2, the following effects are achieved. That is, a predetermined uneven portion is provided on a general-purpose component or a special-purpose component. At least one piece of general-purpose information or special-purpose information is provided on the uneven portion. As a result, even if general-purpose information or special-purpose information is provided on the uneven portion, the general-purpose information or special-purpose information can be read by the error correction means provided for the general-purpose information or special-purpose information. Therefore, there is an effect that the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines having general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts can be increased.

In any of gaming machines J0 to J3,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
a main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
Installation-specific information provided on the mounting member (for example, a board front QR code 401 and a board back QR code 402),
The general information and the dedicated information are
A game machine J4, characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and the game machine J4 is installed in a position that is invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to gaming machine J4, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines J0 to J3, the following effects are achieved. That is, as general-purpose parts, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, the main body member is attached to the fixing member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, and the control means is attached to the mounting member. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Further, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with control-dedicated information, and the mounting member is provided with attachment-dedicated information. Here, in a state in which the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect that it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the special information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of gaming machines J0 to J3,
The general-purpose parts are
A fixing member (for example, outer frame 11) that can be attached and fixed to the island equipment;
A main body member (for example, inner frame 12) attached to the fixed member,
The special parts are:
A control means (for example, the main control device 110) that executes the main control of the game,
a mounting member (for example, a game board 13) to which the control means is attached;
a front member (for example, front frame 14) that is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable;
The general-purpose information includes at least:
Main body general-purpose information provided on the main body member (for example, a frame front QR code 411 and a frame back QR code 412),
The dedicated information includes at least:
Control-specific information provided in the control means (for example, main board front QR code 421a and main board back QR code 422),
Installation-specific information provided on the mounting member (for example, the board front QR code 401 and the board back QR code 402),
Front-specific information (for example, front frame QR code 441) provided on the front member,
The general information and the dedicated information are
A game machine J5, characterized in that the front member is attached to the fixed member and the game machine J5 is installed in a position that is invisible or difficult to see by the player in a state where the player can play the game.

According to gaming machine J5, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines J0 to J3, the following effects are achieved. That is, as a general-purpose component, the fixing member is configured to be fixable to the island equipment, and the main body member is attached to the fixing member. Further, as a dedicated component, the main control of the game is executed by a control means, the control means is attached to the mounting member, and the front member is attached to the main body member so as to be openable and closable. As the general-purpose information, at least main body general-purpose information is provided in the main body member. Furthermore, as the dedicated information, at least the control means is provided with control-dedicated information, the mounting member is provided with attachment-dedicated information, and the front member is provided with front-dedicated information. Here, in a state in which the front member is attached to the fixed member and the player can play the game, the general-purpose information and the dedicated information are provided in positions that are invisible or difficult to see by the player. This has the effect that it is possible to suppress the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine by making the general-purpose information and the special information invisible or difficult to see from the player who plays the game.

In any of gaming machines J0 to J5,
The special parts are:
A gaming machine J6 characterized in that it includes a common component (for example, a second board device 24) that can be attached to the general-purpose component and that can perform a game-related effect among a plurality of models.

According to gaming machine J6, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines J0 to J5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the common parts, which are dedicated parts, can be attached to general-purpose parts, and are configured to be able to perform game-related effects among a plurality of models. Thereby, the combination of general-purpose parts and dedicated parts including common parts can be determined by the reading means rather than by human visual inspection, and the compatibility of the gaming machine can be determined quickly and accurately. Therefore, it is possible to prevent human errors such as mistakes in checking general-purpose information, exclusive information, and common parts, while increasing the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts, exclusive parts, and common parts. .

In any of gaming machines J0 to J6,
The general information and the dedicated information are
Gaming machines J7 are characterized in that they are provided at positions that are related to each other.

According to gaming machine J7, in addition to the effects provided by gaming machines J0 to J6, the following effects are achieved. That is, general-purpose information and dedicated information are provided at positions that are related to each other. This makes it easier to grasp the location of general-purpose information and special-purpose information when performing confirmation work to check the combination of general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts, and improves the efficiency of confirmation work regarding gaming machines that have general-purpose parts and special-purpose parts. This has the effect of allowing you to do so.

Note that "positions that are related to each other" refers to locations where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located close to each other, or where general-purpose information and dedicated information are located in a straight line or within a certain range, etc. is exemplified.

In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, gaming systems C0 to C13, gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to A configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming machines A0 to A12, gaming systems C0 to C13, gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to A configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to A configuration limited to any one of H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines D0 to D6, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7 , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines E0 to E4, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, F0 to F6, G0 to G7. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines F0 to F6, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, G0 to G7. , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines G0 to G7, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6 , H0 to H7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines H0 to H7, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6 , G0 to G7, I0 to I5, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines I0 to I5, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, , G0 to G7, H0 to H7, and J0 to J7 may be applied.

Furthermore, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines J0 to J7, the gaming machines A0 to A12, the reading devices B0 to B9, the gaming systems C0 to C13, the gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6 , G0 to G7, H0 to H7, and I0 to I5 may be applied.

In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration.

Any of gaming machines A0 to A12, reading devices B0 to B9, gaming systems C0 to C13, gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7 In the gaming machine Z1, the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among these, the basic configuration of a slot machine is that it is equipped with a variable display means that dynamically displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information, and then displays the identification information definitively, and that is The dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed, and when the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped. and a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, with the necessary condition that the confirmed identification information is specific identification information. In this case, typical examples of game media include coins and medals.

Any of gaming machines A0 to A12, reading devices B0 to B9, gaming systems C0 to C13, gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7 In the gaming machine Z2, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine. Among these, the basic structure of a pachinko game machine is that it is equipped with an operating handle, and in response to the operation of the operating handle, a ball is launched into a predetermined gaming area, and the ball is fired into an operating port located at a predetermined position within the gaming area. One example is one in which the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is fixed and stopped after a predetermined period of time, with winning a prize (or passing through an operating port) as a necessary condition. In addition, when a special game state occurs, a variable prize winning device (big prize opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to make it possible to win balls, and a value corresponding to the number of prizes is awarded. Examples include those that are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written to magnetic cards, etc.).

Any of gaming machines A0 to A12, reading devices B0 to B9, gaming systems C0 to C13, gaming machines D0 to D6, E0 to E4, F0 to F6, G0 to G7, H0 to H7, I0 to I5, J0 to J7 In the gaming machine Z3, the gaming machine is a combination of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among these, the basic configuration of the integrated gaming machine is as follows: ``Equipped with a variable display means that dynamically displays an identification information string consisting of a plurality of pieces of identification information and then definitively displays the identification information, and a starting operating means (for example, an operating lever). The dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, a stop button) or after a predetermined period of time has elapsed. A special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player with the necessary condition that the confirmed identification information at the time of stopping is specific identification information, and a ball is used as a gaming medium and the identification information is A gaming machine is configured such that a predetermined number of balls are required to start the dynamic display, and a large number of balls are paid out when a special gaming state occurs.

10 Pachinko machine (gaming machine)
11 Outer frame (partial fixing member of general-purpose parts)
12 Inner frame (part of general-purpose parts, part of main body parts)
12d Placement section (part of the placement section)
13 Game board (part of the dedicated parts, part of the mounting member, part of the first dedicated part)
13a Back side visibility window (part of visibility means)
13b Front visibility window (part of visibility means)
14 Front frame (part of general-purpose parts, part of front member)
14a Front upper frame (part of dedicated parts, part of first dedicated parts, part of second dedicated parts)
14e Front side back side visibility window (part of visibility means)
20 Cylinder lock (part of locking means)
24 2nd panel device (part of 2nd dedicated parts)
110 Main control device (part of control means, part of dedicated parts, part of first dedicated parts)
112a Ball firing unit (part of game execution means)
400 Panel side seal (part of special parts seal)
401 Panel QR code (part of dedicated information, part of front dedicated information display, part of board information display, part of identification notification information, part of installation only information, part of first form information display) , part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front side exclusive information, part of first exclusive information)
401a QR code on the top of the board (part of the composite information)
402 Back side QR code (part of the exclusive information, part of the back side exclusive information display, part of the identification notification information, part of the installation exclusive information, part of the first form information display, part of the difficult to identify information, (Part of the information exclusive to the back side, Part of the information exclusive to the first side)
403 Game board number information (part of second form information display, part of identifiable information)
410 Frame side seal (part of general-purpose parts seal)
411 Frame table QR code (part of general information, part of front general information display, part of identification notification information, part of first form information display, part of difficult to identify information, part of front general information )
411a QR code at the bottom of the frame table (part of the composite information)
412 Frame back QR code (part of general-purpose information, part of back-side general-purpose information display, part of identification notification information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of back-side general-purpose information )
413 Frame number information (part of second form information display, part of identifiable information)
420 Main board seal (part of special parts seal)
421 Main board QR code (part of control information display, part of identification notification information, part of control-only information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of back-side exclusive information) , part of the first exclusive information)
421a Main board table QR code (part of dedicated information, part of identification notification information, part of control-only information, part of first form information display, part of difficult-to-identify information, part of front-side exclusive information) , part of the first exclusive information)
422 QR code on the back of the main board (part of the dedicated information, part of the identification notification information, part of the control-only information, part of the first form information display, part of the difficult-to-identify information, part of the back side exclusive information) , part of the first exclusive information)
423 Main board number information (part of second form information display, part of identifiable information)
430 2nd panel side seal (part of the 2nd dedicated parts seal)
431 2nd board surface QR code (part of 2nd exclusive information, part of 1st form information display, part of difficult to identify information)
432 QR code on the back of the second board (part of the second exclusive information, part of the first form information display, part of the difficult to identify information)
440 Front upper side seal (part of the second dedicated parts seal)
441 Front frame QR code (part of front general information, part of first form information display, part of difficult to identify information, part of front member information, part of second exclusive information)
500 Hall computer (part of management equipment)
600 Reading device (part of reading device, part of multiple reading means, part of reading means)
600a Reading device (part of the reading device, part of the independent reading means)
603a Corresponding data storage unit (part of storage means, part of encrypted storage means, part of unique data storage means)
603b Decryption key (part of decryption storage means)
607 First QR scanning unit (part of reading means, part of multiple reading means)
609 2nd QR scanning unit (part of reading means, part of multiple reading means)
610 Operation unit (part of operation means)
611 Display unit (part of output means, part of notification means)
701-703 Data server (part of server device)
MA~MC Manufacturer S208 (part of decoding execution means)
S209 (Part of determination means, part of post-decoding determination means)

Claims (1)

A general-purpose part that is attached and fixed to the island equipment installed in the game hall and configured to be usable in multiple models,
a first dedicated part that can be attached to the general-purpose part and configured to allow a model-specific game to be played;
a second dedicated component that is different from the first dedicated component and is capable of performing effects related to the game ;
A gaming machine equipped with a locking device capable of locking the gaming machine,
The general-purpose parts are
a general-purpose information display readable by a reading means having a predetermined reading function and capable of identifying the general-purpose part;
The first dedicated part is
a first exclusive information display readable by the reading means and capable of identifying the first exclusive component;
The second dedicated part is
a second dedicated information display readable by the reading means and capable of identifying the second dedicated component ;
a decorative portion that is inclined toward the front side of the gaming machine and has a predetermined decoration;
The second dedicated information display is
When the locking device is locked, it is located at a position that is difficult to read by the reading means, and when the locking device is unlocked, it is located at a position that is inclined with respect to the front direction of the gaming machine. has a code pattern readable by the reading means;
A gaming machine characterized by:

Images